Sulfonamide derivatives as ctps1 inhibitors

ABSTRACT

The invention provides a compound of formula (I): formula (I) and the use of such compounds as cytidine triphosphate synthase 1 inhibitors, particularly in the treatment or prophylaxis of disorders associated with cell proliferation.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The invention relates to novel compounds, processes for the manufacture of such compounds, related intermediates, compositions comprising such compounds and the use of such compounds as cytidine triphosphate synthase 1 inhibitors, particularly in the treatment or prophylaxis of disorders associated with cell proliferation.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Nucleotides are a key building block for cellular metabolic processes such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA) synthesis. There are two classes of nucleotides, that contain either purine or pyrimidine bases, both of which are important for metabolic processes.

Based on this, many therapies have been developed to target different aspects of nucleotide synthesis, with some inhibiting generation of purine nucleotides and some pyrimidine nucleotides or both.

The pyrimidine nucleotide cytidine 5′ triphosphate (CTP) is a precursor required not just for the anabolism of DNA and RNA but also phospholipids and sialyation of proteins. CTP originates from two sources: a salvage pathway and a de novo synthesis pathway that depends on two enzymes, the CTP synthases (or synthetases) 1 and 2 (CTPS1 and CTPS2) (Evans and Guy 2004; Higgins, et al. 2007; Ostrander, et al. 1998).

CTPS1 and CTPS2 catalyse the conversion of uridine triphosphate (UTP) and glutamine into cytidine triphosphate (CTP) and L-glutamate:

Both enzymes have two domains, an N-terminal synthetase domain and a C-terminal glutaminase domain (Kursula, et al. 2006). The synthetase domain transfers a phosphate from adenosine triphosphate (ATP) to the 4-position of UTP to create an activated intermediate, 4-phospho-UTP. The glutaminase domain generates ammonia from glutamine, via a covalent thioester intermediate with a conserved active site cysteine, generating glutamate. This ammonium is transferred from the glutaminase domain to the synthetase domain via a tunnel or can be derived from external ammonium. This ammonium is then used by the synthetase domain to generate CTP from the 4-phospho-UTP (Lieberman, 1956).

Although CTPS exists as two isozymes in humans and other eukaryotic organisms, CTPS1 and CTPS2, functional differences between the two isozymes are not yet fully elucidated (van Kuilenburg, et al. 2000).

The immune system provides protection from infections and has therefore evolved to rapidly respond to the wide variety of pathogens that the individual may be exposed to. This response can take many forms, but the expansion and differentiation of immune populations is a critical element and is hence closely linked to rapid cell proliferation. Within this, CTP synthase activity appears to play an important role in DNA synthesis and the rapid expansion of lymphocytes following activation (Fairbanks, et al. 1995; van den Berg, et al. 1995).

Strong clinical validation that CTPS1 is the critical enzyme in human lymphocyte proliferation came with the identification of a loss-of-function homozygous mutation (rs145092287) in this enzyme that causes a distinct and life-threatening immunodeficiency, characterized by an impaired capacity of activated T- and B-cells to proliferate in response to antigen receptor-mediated activation. Activated CTPS1-deficient cells were shown to have decreased levels of CTP. Normal T-cell proliferation was restored in CTPS1-deficient cells by expressing wild-type CTPS1 or by addition of cytidine. CTPS1 expression was found to be low in resting lymphocytes, but rapidly upregulated following activation of these cells. Expression of CTPS1 in other tissues was generally low. CTPS2 seems to be ubiquitously expressed in a range of cells and tissues but at low levels, and the failure of CTPS2, which is still intact in the patients, to compensate for the mutated CTPS1, supports CTPS1 being the critical enzyme for the immune populations affected in the patients (Martin, et al. 2014).

Overall, these findings suggest that CTPS1 is a critical enzyme necessary to meet the demands for the supply of CTP required by several important immune cell populations.

Normally the immune response is tightly regulated to ensure protection from infection, whilst controlling any response targeting host tissues. In certain situations, the control of this process is not effective, leading to immune-mediated pathology. A wide range of human diseases are thought to be due to such inappropriate responses mediated by different elements of the immune system.

Given the role that cell populations, such as T and B lymphocytes, are thought to play in a wide range of autoimmune and other diseases, CTPS1 represents a target for a new class of immunosuppressive agents. Inhibition of CTPS1 therefore provides a novel approach to the inhibition of activated lymphocytes and selected other immune cell populations such as Natural Killer cells, Mucosal-Associated Invariant T (MAIT) and Invariant Natural Killer T cells, highlighted by the phenotype of the human mutation patients (Martin, et al. 2014).

Cancer can affect multiple cell types and tissues but the underlying cause is a breakdown in the control of cell division. This process is highly complex, requiring careful coordination of multiple pathways, many of which remain to be fully characterised. Cell division requires the effective replication of the cell's DNA and other constituents. Interfering with a cell's ability to replicate by targeting nucleic acid synthesis has been a core approach in cancer therapy for many years. Examples of therapies acting in this way are 6-thioguanine, 6-mercaptopurine, 5-fluorouracil, cytarabine, gemcitabine and pemetrexed.

As indicated above, pathways involved in providing the key building blocks for nucleic acid replication are the purine and pyrimidine synthesis pathways, and pyrimidine biosynthesis has been observed to be up-regulated in tumors and neoplastic cells.

CTPS activity is upregulated in a range of tumour types of both haematological and non-haematological origin, although heterogeneity is observed among patients. Linkages have also been made between high enzyme levels and resistance to chemotherapeutic agents.

Currently, the precise role that CTPS1 and CTPS2 may play in cancer is not completely clear. Several non-selective CTPS inhibitors have been developed for oncology indications up to phase I/II clinical trials, but were stopped due to toxicity and efficacy issues.

Most of the developed inhibitors are nucleoside-analogue prodrugs (3-deazauridine, CPEC, carbodine), which are converted to the active triphosphorylated metabolite by the kinases involved in pyrimidine biosynthesis: uridine/cytidine kinase, nucleoside monophosphate-kinase (NMP-kinase) and nucleoside diphosphatekinase (NDP-kinase). The remaining inhibitors (acivicin, DON) are reactive analogues of glutamine, which irreversibly inhibit the glutaminase domain of CTPS. Gemcitabine is also reported to have some inhibitory activity against CTPS (McClusky et al., 2016).

CTPS therefore appears to be an important target in the cancer field. The nature of all of the above compounds is such that effects on other pathways are likely to contribute to the efficacy they show in inhibiting tumours.

Selective CTPS inhibitors therefore offer an attractive alternative approach for the treatment of tumours. Compounds with different potencies against CTPS1 and CTPS2 may offer important opportunities to target different tumours depending upon their relative dependence on these enzymes.

CTPS1 has also been suggested to play a role in vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation following vascular injury or surgery (Tang, et al. 2013).

As far as is known to date, no selective CTPS1 inhibitors have been developed. Recently, the CTPS1 selective inhibitory peptide CTpep-3 has been identified. The inhibitory effects of CTpep-3 however, were seen in cell free assays but not in the cellular context. This was not unexpected though, since the peptide is unlikely to enter the cell and hence is not easily developable as a therapeutic (Sakamoto, et al. 2017).

In summary, the available information and data strongly suggest that inhibitors of CTPS1 will reduce the proliferation of a number of immune and cancer cell populations, with the potential for an effect on other selected cell types such as vascular smooth muscle cells as well. Inhibitors of CTPS1 may therefore be expected to have utility for treatment or prophylaxis in a wide range of indications where the pathology is driven by these populations.

CTPS1 inhibitors represent a novel approach for inhibiting selected components of the immune system in various tissues, and the related pathologies or pathological conditions such as, in general terms, rejection of transplanted cells and tissues, Graft-related diseases or disorders, allergies and autoimmune diseases. In addition, CTPS1 inhibitors offer therapeutic potential in a range of cancer indications and in enhancing recovery from vascular injury or surgery and reducing morbidity and mortality associated with neointima and restenosis.

International patent applications WO2019/106156, WO2019/106146, WO2019/179652 (PCT/EP2018/086617), WO2019/180244 (PCT/EP2019/057320) and WO2020/083975 disclose CTPS1 inhibitors. International patent applications PCT/IB2020/000560 and PCT/IB2020/000559 presently unpublished, disclose CTPS1 inhibitors.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The invention provides a compound of formula (I):

wherein

-   -   A is A_(a) or A_(b);         -   wherein         -   A_(a) is an amine linker having the following structure:             —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—;         -   A_(b) is an amide linker having the following structure:             —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—;     -   B is

-   -   -   X is N or CH;         -   Y is N or CR₂;         -   Z is N or CR₃;             -   with the proviso that when at least one of X or Z is N,                 Y cannot be N;

    -   R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or         (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN;

    -   R₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl or         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl;

    -   R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OCH₃, CF₃ or OCF₃;         -   wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H;

    -   R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OC₁₋₂alkyl or CF₃; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, additionally R₃ together with R₅ forms             a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or 5 or 6 membered             oxygen-containing heterocycloalkyl;

    -   R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), or R_(4b) and R_(5b);         -   wherein         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is:             -   substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl,                 C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and                 NR₂₁R₂₂; or             -   one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is a spiro                 centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by                 the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl                 ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the                 C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with                 the carbon atom to which they are attached may be                 substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of             the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre             such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring             or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together             with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be             substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent             being independently selected from the group consisting of             C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one             nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by             —S(O)₂R₂₉; or         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) are each independently H, C₁₋₆alkyl,             C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or             R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo,             OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂;

    -   Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl;

    -   Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl and is attached to Ar1 in         the para position relative to group A;

    -   R₁₀ is H, halo, C₁₋₃alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl,         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl or CN;

    -   R₁₁ is H, F, Cl, C₁₋₂alkyl, CF₃, OCH₃ or CN;

    -   R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to         Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl,         C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl,         OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl,         hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂,         NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, —NH— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and             a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at             the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a             nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide             (N⁺—O⁻);

    -   R₁₃ is H or halo;

    -   R₂₁ is H, C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl;

    -   R₂₂ is H or CH₃;

    -   R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; and

    -   R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl

    -   R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is         optionally substituted by CH₃, or CF₃;

    -   R₃₂ is C₁₋₃alkyl and R₃₃ is C₁₋₃alkyl; or

    -   R₃₂ and R₃₃ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are         attached form a C₃₋₅heterocycloalkyl.

The invention also provides a compound of formula (I):

wherein

-   -   A is A_(a) or A_(b);         -   wherein         -   A_(a) is an amine linker having the following structure:             —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—;         -   A_(b) is an amide linker having the following structure:             —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—;     -   X is N or CH;     -   Y is N or CR₂;     -   Z is N or CR₃;         -   with the proviso that when at least one of X or Z is N, Y             cannot be N;     -   R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or         (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN;     -   R₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl or         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl;     -   R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OCH₃, CF₃ or OCF₃;         -   wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H;     -   R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), or R_(4b) and R_(5b);         -   wherein         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is:             -   substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl,                 C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and                 NR₂₁R₂₂; or             -   one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is a spiro                 centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by                 the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl                 ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the                 C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with                 the carbon atom to which they are attached may be                 substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of             the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre             such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring             or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together             with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be             substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent             being independently selected from the group consisting of             C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one             nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by             —S(O)₂R₂₉; or         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) are each independently H, C₁₋₆alkyl,             C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or             R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo,             OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂;     -   Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl;     -   Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl and is attached to Ar1 in         the para position relative to group A;     -   R₁₀ is H, halo, C₁₋₃alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl,         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl or CN;     -   R₁₁ is H, F, Cl, C₁₋₂alkyl, CF₃, OCH₃ or CN;     -   R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to         Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl,         C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl,         OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl,         hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂,         NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, —NH— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and             a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at             the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a             nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide             (N⁺—O⁻);     -   R₁₃ is H or halo;     -   R₂₁ is H, C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl;     -   R₂₂ is H or CH₃;     -   R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; and     -   R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl     -   R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is         optionally substituted by CH₃, or CF₃;     -   R₃₂ is C₁₋₃alkyl and R₃₃ is C₁₋₃alkyl; or     -   R₃₂ and R₃₃ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are         attached form a C₃₋₅heterocycloalkyl.

A compound of formula (I) may be provided in the form of a salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof. Suitably, the compound of formula (I) may be provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof. In particular, the compound of formula (I) may be provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate, such as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.

Also provided is a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, for use as a medicament, in particular for use in the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject or the prophylaxis or treatment of associated diseases or disorders, such as those in which a reduction in T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation would be beneficial.

Further, there is provided a method for the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject or the prophylaxis or treatment of associated diseases or disorders, such as those in which a reduction in T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation would be beneficial, by administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.

Additionally provided is the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject or the prophylaxis or treatment of associated diseases or disorders, such as those in which a reduction in T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation would be beneficial.

Suitably the disease or disorder is selected from: inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis or lichen planus; acute and/or chronic GVHD such as steroid resistant acute GVHD; acute lymphoproliferative syndrome (ALPS); systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis or cutaneous lupus; and transplantation. In addition, the disease or disorder may be selected from myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, and scleroderma/systemic sclerosis.

Also provided is a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, for use in the treatment of cancer.

Further, there is provided a method for treating cancer in a subject, by administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.

Additionally provided is the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer in a subject.

Also provided is a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, for use in enhancing recovery from vascular injury or surgery and reducing morbidity and mortality associated with neointima and restenosis in a subject.

Further, there is provided a method for enhancing recovery from vascular injury or surgery and reducing morbidity and mortality associated with neointima and restenosis in a subject, by administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.

Additionally provided is the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for enhancing recovery from vascular injury or surgery and reducing morbidity and mortality associated with neointima and restenosis in a subject.

Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

Also provided are processes for preparing compounds of formula (I) and novel intermediates of use in the preparation of compounds of formula (I).

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The invention provides a compound of formula (I):

wherein

-   -   A is A_(a) or A_(b);     -   wherein         -   A_(a) is an amine linker having the following structure:             —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—;         -   A_(b) is an amide linker having the following structure:             —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—;     -   B is

-   -   -   X is N or CH;         -   Y is N or CR₂;         -   Z is N or CR₃;             -   with the proviso that when at least one of X or Z is N,                 Y cannot be N;

    -   R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or         (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN;

    -   R₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl or         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl;

    -   R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OCH₃, CF₃ or OCF₃;         -   wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H;

    -   R_(3′) is H, halo, CH₃, OC₁₋₂alkyl or CF₃; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, additionally R_(3′) together with R₅             forms a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or 5 or 6 membered             oxygen-containing heterocycloalkyl;

    -   R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), or R_(4b) and R_(5b);         -   wherein         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is:             -   substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl,                 C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and                 NR₂₁R₂₂; or             -   one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is a spiro                 centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by                 the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl                 ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the                 C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with                 the carbon atom to which they are attached may be                 substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of             the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre             such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring             or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together             with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be             substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent             being independently selected from the group consisting of             C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one             nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by             —S(O)₂R₂₉; or         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) are each independently H, C₁₋₆alkyl,             C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or             R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo,             OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂;

    -   Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl;

    -   Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl and is attached to Ar1 in         the para position relative to group A;

    -   R₁₀ is H, halo, C₁-alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl,         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl or CN;

    -   R₁₁ is H, F, Cl, C₁₋₂alkyl, CF₃, OCH₃ or CN;

    -   R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to         Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl,         C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl,         OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl,         hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂,         NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, —NH— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and             a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at             the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a             nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide             (N⁺—O⁻);

    -   R₁₃ is H or halo;

    -   R₂₁ is H, C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl;

    -   R₂₂ is H or CH₃;

    -   R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; and

    -   R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl;

    -   R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is         optionally substituted by CH₃,

    -   or CF₃;

    -   R₃₂ is C₁₋₃alkyl and R₃₃ is C₁₋₃alkyl; or

    -   R₃₂ and R₃₃ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are         attached form a C₃₋₅heterocycloalkyl;

or a salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.

The invention also provides a compound of formula (I):

wherein

-   -   A is A_(a) or A_(b);         -   wherein         -   A_(a) is an amine linker having the following structure:             —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—;         -   A_(b) is an amide linker having the following structure:             —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—;     -   X is N or CH;     -   Y is N or CR₂;     -   Z is N or CR₃;         -   with the proviso that when at least one of X or Z is N, Y             cannot be N;     -   R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or         (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN;     -   R₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl or         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl;     -   R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OCH₃, CF₃ or OCF₃;         -   wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H;     -   R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), or R_(4b) and R_(5b);         -   wherein         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is:             -   substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl,                 C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and                 NR₂₁R₂₂; or             -   one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is a spiro                 centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by                 the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl                 ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the                 C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with                 the carbon atom to which they are attached may be                 substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of             the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre             such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring             or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together             with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be             substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent             being independently selected from the group consisting of             C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one             nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by             —S(O)₂R₂₉; or         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) are each independently H, C₁₋₆alkyl,             C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or             R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo,             OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂;     -   Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl;     -   Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl and is attached to Ar1 in         the para position relative to group A;     -   R₁₀ is H, halo, C₁₋₃alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl,         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl or CN;     -   R₁₁ is H, F, Cl, C₁₋₂alkyl, CF₃, OCH₃ or CN;     -   R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to         Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl,         C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl,         OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl,         hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂,         NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, —NH— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and             a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at             the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a             nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide             (N⁺—O⁻);     -   R₁₃ is H or halo;     -   R₂₁ is H, C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl;     -   R₂₂ is H or CH₃;     -   R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; and     -   R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl     -   R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is         optionally substituted by CH₃, or CF₃;     -   R₃₂ is C₁₋₃alkyl and R₃₃ is C₁₋₃alkyl; or     -   R₃₂ and R₃₃ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are         attached form a C₃₋₅heterocycloalkyl;

or a salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.

The term ‘alkyl’ as used herein, such as in C₁₋₃alkyl, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₁₋₅alkyl or C₁₋₆alkyl, whether alone or forming part of a larger group such as an Oalkyl group (e.g. OC₁₋₃alkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl and OC₁₋₅alkyl), is a straight or a branched fully saturated hydrocarbon chain containing the specified number of carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include the C₁₋₅alkyl groups methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and n-pentyl, sec-pentyl and 3-pentyl, in particular the C₁₋₃alkyl groups methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and iso-propyl. Reference to “propyl” includes n-propyl and iso-propyl, and reference to “butyl” includes n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl. Examples of Oalkyl groups include the OC₁₋₄alkyl groups methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (which includes n-propoxy and iso-propoxy) and butoxy (which includes n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy and tert-butoxy). C₆alkyl groups as used herein, whether alone or forming part of a larger group such as an OC₆alkyl group is a straight or a branched fully saturated hydrocarbon chain containing six carbon atoms. Examples of C₆alkyl groups include n-hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.

The term ‘alkylene’ as used herein, such as in C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₂alkyleneOC₁₋₂alkyl or OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl is a bifunctional straight or a branched fully saturated hydrocarbon chain containing the specified number of carbon atoms. Examples of C₀₋₂alkylene groups are where the group is absent (i.e. C₀), methylene (C₁) and ethylene (C₂).

The term ‘alkenyl’ as used herein, such as in C₂₋₄alkenyl, is a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing the specified number of carbon atoms and a carbon-carbon double bond.

The term ‘cycloalkyl’ as used herein, such as in C₃₋₅cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, whether alone or forming part of a larger group such as OC₃₋₅cycloalkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl is a fully saturated hydrocarbon ring containing the specified number of carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl groups cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, in particular the C₃₋₅cycloalkyl groups cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl:

The term ‘heterocycloalkyl’ as used herein, such as in C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a fully saturated hydrocarbon ring containing the specified number of carbon atoms, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms in the ring is replaced by a heteroatom such as N, S or O. As required by valency, the nitrogen atom(s) may be connected to a hydrogen atom to form an NH group. Alternatively the nitrogen atom(s) may be substituted (such as one nitrogen atom is substituted), for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Wherein a ring heteroatom is S, the term ‘heterocycloalkyl’ includes wherein the S atom(s) is substituted (such as one S atom is substituted) by one or two oxygen atoms (i.e. S(O) or S(O)₂). Alternatively, any sulphur atom(s) in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted.

Examples of C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl groups include those comprising one heteroatom such as containing one heteroatom (e.g. oxygen) or containing two heteroatoms (e.g. two oxygen atoms or one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom). Particular examples of C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one oxygen atom include oxiranyl, oxetanyl, 3-dioxolanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-oxathianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,4-thioxanyl and 1,3,5-trioxanyl. Examples of C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl include those comprising one oxygen atom such as containing one oxygen atom, or containing two oxygen atoms. Particular examples of C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one oxygen atom include oxiranyl, oxetanyl, 3-dioxolanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-oxathianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,4-thioxanyl and 1,3,5-trioxanyl. Particular examples of C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen atom include piperidinyl.

In one embodiment, the term ‘heterocycloalkyl’ as used herein, such as in C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a fully saturated hydrocarbon ring containing the specified number of carbon atoms, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms in the ring is replaced by a heteroatom such as N, S or O. Examples of C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl groups include those comprising one heteroatom such as containing one heteroatom (e.g. oxygen) or containing two heteroatoms (e.g. two oxygen atoms or one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom).

The heterocycloalkyl groups may have the following structures:

wherein each Q is independently selected from O, N or S, such as O or N. When Q is N, as required by valency, the nitrogen atom(s) may be connected to a hydrogen atom to form an NH group. Alternatively the nitrogen atom(s) may be substituted (such as one nitrogen atom is substituted), for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. When any Q is S, the S atoms can be substituted (such as one S atom is substituted) by one or two oxygen atoms (i.e. S(O) or S(O)₂). When R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), Q is N substituted by S(O)₂R₂₉. Alternatively, any sulphur atom(s) in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted.

When A is —C(═O)NH—, —NH— or —CH₂NH— and R₄ and/or R₅ is C₀alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, or when R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, any heteroatom in the heterocycloalkyl may not be directly connected to the carbon to which R₄ and R₅ are connected.

Suitably, heterocycloalkyl is a fully saturated hydrocarbon ring containing the specified number of carbon atoms wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced by a heteroatom such as N, S or O wherein as required by valency, any nitrogen atom is connected to a hydrogen atom, and wherein the S atom is not present as an oxide.

The term ‘halo’ or ‘halogen’ as used herein, refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Particular examples of halo are fluorine and chlorine, especially fluorine.

The term ‘haloalkyl’ as used herein, such as in C₁₋₆haloalkyl, such as in C₁₋₄haloalkyl, whether alone or forming part of a larger group such as an Ohaloalkyl group, such as in OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, such as in OC₁₋₄haloalkyl, is a straight or a branched fully saturated hydrocarbon chain containing the specified number of carbon atoms and at least one halogen atom, such as fluoro or chloro, especially fluoro. An example of haloalkyl is CF₃. Further examples of haloalkyl are CHF₂ and CH₂CF₃. Examples of Ohaloalkyl include OCF₃, OCHF₂ and OCH₂CF₃.

The term ‘fluoroalkyl’ as used herein, such as in C₁₋₅fluoroalkyl, such as in C₁₋₄fluoroalkyl, whether alone or forming part of a larger group such as an Ofluoroalkyl group, is a straight or a branched fully saturated hydrocarbon chain containing the specified number of carbon atoms and at least one fluoro atom. Examples of fluoroalkyl are CF₃, CHF₂, CH₂CF₃ and CH₂CHF₂.

The term ‘6-membered aryl’ as used herein refers to a phenyl ring.

The term ‘6-membered heteroaryl’ as used herein refers to 6-membered aromatic rings containing at least one heteroatom (e.g. nitrogen). Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryls include one nitrogen atom (pyridinyl), two nitrogen atoms (pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl) and three nitrogen atoms (triazinyl).

The phrase ‘R_(3′) together with R₅ forms a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl’ means that compounds with the following substructure are formed:

The phrase ‘R_(3′) together with R₅ forms a 5- or 6-membered oxygen containing heterocycloalkyl’ means that compounds with the following substructure are formed:

The phrase ‘in the para position relative to group A’ as used herein, such as in relation to the position of Ar2, means that compounds with the following substructure are formed:

wherein W₁ may be N, CH, CR₁₀ or CR₁₁, and W₂ may be N, CH or CR₁₂ as allowed by the definitions provided for compounds of formula (I). W₂ may also be CR₁₃ as allowed by the definitions provided for compounds of formula (I).

The terms ‘ortho’ and ‘meta’ as used herein, such as when used in respect of defining the position of R₁₂ on Ar2 is with respect to Ar1, means that the following structures may form:

The phrase ‘A is an amide linker having the following structure: —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—’ means the following structures form:

The phrase ‘A is an amine linker having the following structure: —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—’ means the following structures form:

In one embodiment, A is —C(═O)NH—. In another embodiment, A is —NHC(═O)—. In an additional embodiment, A is —NH—. In a further embodiment, A is —CH₂NH—. In another embodiment, A is —NHCH₂—.

Suitably, B is

In one embodiment X is N. In another embodiment, X is OH.

In one embodiment, Y is N. In another embodiment, Y is CR₂.

In one embodiment, Z is N. In another embodiment, Z is CR₂.

Suitably, X is N, Y is CR₂ and Z is CR₃. Alternatively, X is CH, Y is N and Z is CR₃. Alternatively, X is OH, Y is CR₂ and Z is ORR. Alternatively, X is OH, Y is CR₂ and Z is N. Alternatively, X is N, Y is CR₂ and Z is N.

Alternatively, B is

In one embodiment of the invention R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl substituted by CN. When R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl substituted by CN, R₁ is methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl or isopropyl), butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl) or pentyl (e.g. n-pentyl, sec-pentyl or 3-pentyl) substituted by a CN. Suitably R₁ is C₁₋₄alkyl substituted by a CN, especially C₁₋₃alkyl substituted by a CN. An example of a C₁₋₃alkyl substituted by a CN is n-propyl substituted by a CN at the 2-position:

In a second embodiment of the invention R₁ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which is substituted by a CN. R₁ may be C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN. R₁ may be C₁alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN, such as the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN. R₁ may be C₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN, such as the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN. R₁ may be C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN, such as the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN. R₁ may be C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN, such as the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN. R₁ may be C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN, such as the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN. Suitably, where C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN, the CN is at the point of attachment of the C₃₋₅cycloalkyl to the C₀₋₂alkylene.

Suitably R₁ is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl substituted by a CN at the point of attachment. In particular R₁ is cyclopropyl substituted by a CN at the point of attachment. Alternatively, R₁ may be:

In one embodiment, R₂ is H. In a second embodiment, R₂ is halo such as F, C or Br, e.g. C or Br. In a third embodiment, R₂ is C₁₋₂alkyl. When R₂ is C₁₋₂alkyl, R₂ may be methyl or ethyl, such as methyl. In a fourth embodiment, R₂ is OC₁₋₂alkyl. When R₂ is OC₁₋₂alkyl, may be OCH₃ or OEt, such as OCH₃. In a fifth embodiment, R₂ is C₁₋₂haloalkyl. When R₂ is C₁₋₂haloalkyl, R₂ may be CF₃ or CH₂CF₃, such as CF₃. In a sixth embodiment, R₂ is OC₁₋₂haloalkyl. When R₂ is OC₁₋₂haloalkyl, R₂ may be OCF₃ or OCH₂CF₃, such as OCF₃.

Suitably, R₂ is H, CH₃ or CF₃, such as H or CH₃, in particular H.

In one embodiment R₃ is H. In a second embodiment R₃ is halo, in particular chloro or fluoro, especially fluoro. In a third embodiment, R₃ is CH₃. In a fourth embodiment, R₃ is OCH₃. In a fifth embodiment, R₃ is CF₃. In a sixth embodiment, R₃ is OCF₃.

Suitably, R₃ is H, halo in particular chloro or fluoro, especially fluoro, CH₃ or CF₃. More suitably, R₃ is H or F, such as H.

Suitably, at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H.

In one embodiment, R_(3′) is H. In a second embodiment, R_(3′) is halo, in particular chloro or fluoro, especially chloro. In a third embodiment, R_(3′) is CH₃. In a fourth embodiment, R_(3′) is OC₁₋₂alkyl, in particular OCH₃. In a fifth embodiment, R_(3′) is CF₃.

When A is —NHC(═O)— R_(3′) may be as defined above. In addition, in a sixth embodiment and when A is —NHC(═O)—, R_(3′) together with R₅ forms a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, in particular a 5-membered cycloalkyl. In a seventh embodiment and when A is —NHC(═O)—, R_(3′) together with R₅ forms a 5 or 6 membered oxygen-containing heterocycloalkyl, in particular a 5-membered heterocycloalkyl.

In one embodiment, R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a).

Suitably, R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂.

In one embodiment, the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is cyclopropyl. In another embodiment, the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is cyclobutyl. In another embodiment, the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is cyclopentyl. In another embodiment, the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is cyclohexyl.

In one embodiment the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is substituted by one substituent. In a second embodiment the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is substituted by two substituents.

In one embodiment, the substituent is C₁₋₃alkyl. Suitably, the substituent is methyl. Suitably, the substituent is ethyl. Suitably, the substituent is n-propyl. Suitably, the substituent is iso-propyl.

In a second embodiment, the substituent is C₁₋₃alkylOH. Suitably, the substituent is CH₂OH. Suitably, the substituent is CH₂CH₂OH. Suitably, the substituent is CH₂CH₂CH₂OH.

In a third embodiment, the substituent is C₁₋₃haloalkyl. Suitably the C₁₋₃alkyl group is substituted by one, two or three, such as one, halogen atom. Suitably, the halogen atom is fluoro or chloro such as fluoro. Suitably, the substituent is C₁haloalkyl such as CF₃. Suitably, the substituent is C₂haloalkyl such as CH₂CF₃.

In a fourth embodiment, the substituent is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, in particular C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, such as C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₁alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

In a fifth embodiment, the substituent is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl such as C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃heterocycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄heterocycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅heterocycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₆heterocycloalkyl, C₀alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl and C₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl. Suitably the heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclopropyl, heterocyclobutyl, heterocyclopentyl or heterocyclohexyl ring such as a heterocyclohexyl ring. Suitably, the heterocyclopentyl ring is tetrahydrofuranyl or pyrrolidinyl. Suitably, the heterocyclohexyl ring is tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl. Any nitrogen atom(s) in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted (such as one nitrogen atom is substituted), for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted.

In a sixth embodiment, the substituent is C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, in particular C₁₋₂alkyleneOC₁₋₂ alkyl such as C₁alkyleneOC₁alkyl, C₂alkyleneOC₁alkyl, C₁alkyleneOC₂alkyl or C₂alkyleneOC₂alkyl.

In a seventh embodiment, the substituent is halo, in particular fluoro or chloro such as chloro.

In an eighth embodiment, the substituent is OC₁₋₃haloalkyl. Suitably the OC₁₋₃alkyl group is substituted by one two or three, such as one, halogen atom. Suitably, the halogen atom is fluoro or chloro such as fluoro. Suitably, the substituent is OC₁haloalkyl such as OCF₃. Suitably, the substituent is OC₂haloalkyl such as OCH₂CF₃.

In a ninth embodiment, the substituent is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, such as OC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₁alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl or OC₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl.

In a tenth embodiment, the substituent is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl such as OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃heterocycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₄heterocycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₅heterocycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₀alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl and OC₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl. Suitably the heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclopropyl, heterocyclobutyl, heterocyclopentyl or heterocyclohexyl ring such as a heterocyclohexyl ring. Suitably, the heterocyclopentyl ring is tetrahydrofuranyl or pyrrolidinyl. Suitably, the heterocyclohexyl ring is tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl. Any nitrogen atom(s) (such as one nitrogen atom) in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted.

In an eleventh embodiment, the substituent is OC₁₋₃alkyl, such as OCH₃ or OCH₂CH₃.

In a twelfth embodiment, the substituent is NR₂₁R₂₂ wherein R₂₁ and R₂₂ are defined elsewhere herein.

In an embodiment the substituent is oxo.

In another embodiment the substituent is OH.

Suitably, the one or two substituents, in particular one substituent, are independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂.

More suitably, the substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, OH, halo, OC₁₋₃alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂.

Most suitably, the substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, OH, fluoro and NR₂₁R₂₂.

When the substituent is NR₂₁R₂₂, in one embodiment R₂₁ is H. In a second embodiment R₂₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, especially methyl. In a third embodiment R₂, is C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, such as C(O)CH₃. In a fourth embodiment R₂, is C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl, such as C(O)OCH₃ or C(O)Otert-butyl.

When the substituent is NR₂₁R₂₂, in one embodiment R₂₂ is H. In a second embodiment R₂₂ is methyl.

Suitably, R₂₁ is C(O)OCH₃ and R₂₂ is H. Suitably, R₂₁ is C(O)CH₃ and R₂₂ is H. Suitably, R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both CH₃. Suitably, R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both H.

Alternatively, R_(4a) and R_(5a) suitably together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₅cycloalkyl and one of the carbons of the C₃₋₅cycloalkyl is a spiro centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl.

In one embodiment the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is unsubstituted. In a second embodiment the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is substituted by one or two substituents, in particular one substituent. Suitably, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₂alkyl or OCH₃.

The following spirocyclic groups are encompassed (which may optionally be substituted as mentioned above):

wherein C is a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, as defined elsewhere herein. In one embodiment C is a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring. In a second embodiment C is a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring.

Suitably one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is a C₄₋₆cycloalkyl. Suitably the further C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is an oxygen containing C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl.

For example, one of the carbons is quaternary and is attached to a 5-membered dioxalane ring to form the following structure:

wherein m is 1 or 2 and n is 0, 1 or 2. Suitably m is 2 and n is 2.

Alternatively, R_(4a) and R_(5a) suitably together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl.

In one embodiment the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is unsubstituted. In a second embodiment the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is substituted by one or two substituents, in particular one substituent. Suitably, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₂alkyl or OCH₃.

The following spirocyclic groups are encompassed (which may optionally be substituted as mentioned above):

wherein C is a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, as defined elsewhere herein, and HC is a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring as defined elsewhere herein. In one embodiment C is a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring. In a second embodiment C is a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring.

In an embodiment, R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by —S(O)₂R₂₉.

Suitably, the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl such as piperidinyl.

Suitably, when the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is piperidinyl, the nitrogen atom is in the 4-position relative to the quaternary carbon:

The C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl may be other groups as defined elsewhere herein.

In an embodiment, R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃, or CF₃. In one embodiment, R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl such as methyl. In another embodiment, R₂₉ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃. In some embodiments, R₂₉ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl. In other embodiments, R₂₉ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is substituted by CH₃. R₂₉ may be C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃. R₂₉ may be C₁alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃. R₂₉ may be C₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃. R₂₉ may be C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃. R₂₉ may be C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃. R₂₉ may be C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃. Suitably, where C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃, the CH₃ is at the point of attachment of the C₃₋₅cycloalkyl to the C₀₋₂alkylene. In another embodiment, R₂₉ is CF₃.

In another embodiment, R₄ and R₅ are R_(4b) and R_(5b).

In one embodiment, R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl in particular cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl. In a second embodiment, R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, such as a heterocyclohexyl, in particular a tetrahydropyranyl. Any nitrogen atom such as one nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted. In a third embodiment, R_(4b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, in particular C₁₋₄alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl or isopropyl) or butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl). In a fourth embodiment, R_(4b) is C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, in particular C₁₋₂alkyleneOC₁₋₂alkyl such as C₁alkyleneOC₁alkyl, CO₂alkyleneOC₁alkyl, C₁alkyleneOC₂alkyl or CO₂alkyleneOC₂alkyl. In a fifth embodiment, R_(4b) is H. In a sixth embodiment, R_(4b) is halo, such as chloro or fluoro, especially fluoro. In a seventh embodiment, R_(4b) is C₁₋₆haloalkyl, such as CF₃ or CH₂CF₃. In an eighth embodiment, R_(4b) is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl such as C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₁alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅cycloalkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₆cycloalkyl. In a ninth embodiment, R_(4b) is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl such as C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃heterocycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄hetero-cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅heterocycloalkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₆heterocycloalkyl. Suitably the heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclopropyl, heterocyclobutyl, heterocyclopentyl or heterocyclohexyl ring such as a heterocyclohexyl ring. Suitably, the heterocyclopentyl ring is tetrahydrofuranyl or pyrrolidinyl. Suitably, the heterocyclohexyl ring is tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl. Any nitrogen atom such as one nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted. In a tenth embodiment, R_(4b) is C₁₋₆alkylOH, such as CH₂OH or CH₂CH₂OH. In an eleventh embodiment, R_(4b) is OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, such as OC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as OCF₃ or OCHF₂. In a twelfth embodiment, R_(4b) is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl such as OC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₁alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₄cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₅cycloalkyl or OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₆cycloalkyl. In a thirteenth embodiment, R_(4b) is OC₁₋₆alkyl, in particular OC₁₋₄alkyl such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (n-propoxy or isopropoxy) or butoxy (n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy or tert-butoxy). In a fourteenth embodiment, R_(4b) is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl such as OC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃heterocycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₄hetero-cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₅heterocycloalkyl or OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₆heterocycloalkyl. Suitably the heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclopropyl, heterocyclobutyl, heterocyclopentyl or heterocyclohexyl ring such as a heterocyclohexyl ring. Suitably, the heterocyclopentyl ring is tetrahydrofuranyl or pyrrolidinyl. Suitably, the heterocyclohexyl ring is tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl. Any nitrogen atom such as one nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted. In a fifteenth embodiment, R_(4b) is NR₂₁R₂₂.

When A is —NHC(═O)— or —C(═O)NH—, suitably, R_(4b) is H, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃-cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl. When A is —NHC(═O)—, suitably R_(4b) may additionally be selected from halo, OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl or NR₂₁R₂₂.

When A is —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—, suitably, R_(4b) is H, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₆alkyl, or R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl. When A is —NHCH₂—, suitably R_(4b) may additionally be selected from halo, OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl or NR₂₁R₂₂.

Suitably R_(4b) is H, fluoro, CH₃, ethyl, OCH₃ or CH₂CH₂OCH₃, such as fluoro, ethyl, OCH₃ or CH₂CH₂OCH₃.

Suitably R_(4b) is H, CH₃, ethyl or CH₂CH₂OCH₃, in particular CH₃ or ethyl.

Suitably R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl, in particular a cyclopentyl.

Suitably R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclohexyl, such as tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, especially tetrahydropyranyl. Any nitrogen atom such as one nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted.

Suitably R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclobutyl, such as azetidinyl. Any nitrogen atom such as one nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted.

When R_(4b) is NR₂₁R₂₂, in one embodiment R₂₁ is H. In a second embodiment R₂₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, especially methyl. In a third embodiment R₂₁ is C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, such as C(O)CH₃. In a fourth embodiment R₂₁ is C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl, such as C(O)OCH₃ or C(O)Otert-butyl. When R_(4b) is NR₂₁R₂₂, in one embodiment R₂₂ is H. In a second embodiment R₂₂ is methyl.

For example, R_(4b) is NH₂, N(CH₃)₂, NHC(O)CH₃, NHC(O)OCH₃, NHC(O)Otert-butyl and CH₂CH₂OH, especially, N(CH₃)₂, NHC(O)CH₃, NHC(O)OCH₃.

Suitably, R₂₁ is C(O)OCH₃ and R₂₂ is H. Suitably, R₂₁ is C(O)CH₃ and R₂₂ is H. Suitably, R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both CH₃. Suitably, R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both H.

In one embodiment R_(5b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, in particular C₁₋₄alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl or isopropyl) or butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl). In a second embodiment R_(5b) is C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, in particular C₁₋₂alkyleneOC₁₋₂alkyl such as C₁alkyleneOC₁alkyl, C₂alkyleneOC₁alkyl, C₁alkyleneOC₂alkyl or C₂alkyleneOC₂alkyl. In a third embodiment R_(5b) is H. In a fourth embodiment, R_(5b) is halo, such as chloro or fluoro, especially fluoro. In a fifth embodiment, R_(5b) is C₁₋₆haloalkyl, such as CF₃ or CH₂CF₃. In a sixth embodiment, R_(5b) is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl such as C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₁alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅cycloalkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₆cycloalkyl. In a seventh embodiment, R_(5b) is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl such as C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃heterocycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄hetero-cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅heterocycloalkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₆heterocycloalkyl. Suitably the heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclopropyl, heterocyclobutyl, heterocyclopentyl or heterocyclohexyl ring such as a heterocyclohexyl ring. Suitably, the heterocyclopentyl ring is tetrahydrofuranyl or pyrrolidinyl. Suitably, the heterocyclohexyl ring is tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl. Any nitrogen atom such as one nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted. In an eighth embodiment, R_(5b) is C₁₋₃alkylOH, such as CH₂OH or CH₂CH₂OH. In a ninth embodiment, R_(5b) is OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, such as OC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as OCF₃ or OCHF₂. In a tenth embodiment, R_(5b) is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl such as OC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₁alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₄cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₅cycloalkyl or OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₆cycloalkyl. In an eleventh embodiment, R_(5b) is OC₁₋₆alkyl, in particular OC₁₋₄alkyl such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (n-propoxy or isopropoxy) or butoxy (n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy or tert-butoxy). In a twelfth embodiment, R_(5b) is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl such as OC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃heterocycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₄hetero-cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₅heterocycloalkyl or OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₆heterocycloalkyl. Suitably the heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclopropyl, heterocyclobutyl, heterocyclopentyl or heterocyclohexyl ring such as a heterocyclohexyl ring. Suitably, the heterocyclopentyl ring is tetrahydrofuranyl or pyrrolidinyl. Suitably, the heterocyclohexyl ring is tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl. Any nitrogen atom such as one nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted. In a thirteenth embodiment, R_(5b) is NR₂₁R₂₂.

When A is —NHC(═O)— or —C(═O)NH—, suitably, R_(5b) is H, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl. When A is —NHC(═O)—, suitably R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo, OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl or NR₂₁R₂₂.

When A is —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—, suitably, R_(5b) is H, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R_(4b) and R_(5b) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl. When A is —NHCH₂—, suitably R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo, OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl or NR₂₁R₂₂.

When R_(5b) is NR₂₁R₂₂, in one embodiment R₂₁ is H. In a second embodiment R₂₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, especially methyl. In a third embodiment R₂, is C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, such as C(O)CH₃. In a fourth embodiment R₂, is C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl, such as C(O)OCH₃ or C(O)Otert-butyl.

When R_(5b) is NR₂₁R₂₂, in one embodiment R₂₂ is H. In a second embodiment R₂₂ is methyl.

For example, R_(5b) is NH₂, N(CH₃)₂, NHC(O)CH₃, NHC(O)OCH₃, NHC(O)Otert-butyl and CH₂CH₂OH, especially, N(CH₃)₂, NHC(O)CH₃, NHC(O)OCH₃.

Suitably, R₂, is C(O)OCH₃ and R₂₂ is H. Suitably, R₂, is C(O)CH₃ and R₂₂ is H. Suitably, R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both CH₃. Suitably, R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both H.

Suitably R_(5b) is H, F, CH₃ or ethyl such as H, CH₃ or ethyl.

Suitably R_(4b) is H, CH₃, ethyl or CH₂CH₂OCH₃ and R_(5b) is H, CH₃ or ethyl, in particular R_(4b) is CH₃, or ethyl and R_(5b) is H, methyl or ethyl. For example, R_(4b) and R_(5b) are H, R_(4b) and R_(5b) are methyl, R_(4b) and R_(5b) are ethyl or R_(4b) is CH₂CH₂OCH₃ and R_(5b) is H.

Suitably, R_(4b) is F and R_(5b) is ethyl.

Suitably, R_(4b) is F and R_(5b) is F.

Suitably, R_(4b) is ethyl and R_(5b) is H.

Suitably R_(4b) and R_(5b) are arranged in the following configuration:

In one embodiment Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl, i.e. phenyl. In a second embodiment Ar1 is a 6-membered heteroaryl, in particular containing one nitrogen atom (pyridyl) or two nitrogen atoms (pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl).

In particular Ar1 is phenyl, 2-pyridyl or 3-pyridyl, such as phenyl or 2-pyridyl. The position numbering for Ar1 is in respect of group A, with the carbon at the point of attachment designated position 1 and other numbers providing the relative location of the nitrogen atoms, for example:

In one embodiment R₁₀ is H. In a second embodiment R₁₀ is halo, for example fluoro or chloro. In a third embodiment R₁₀ is C₁₋₃alkyl such as C₁₋₂alkyl, such as CH₃ or ethyl. In a fourth embodiment R₁₀ is OC₁₋₂alkyl, such as OCH₃ or ethoxy. In a fifth embodiment R₁₀ is OC₁₋₂haloalkyl, such as OCF₃. In a sixth embodiment R₁₀ is CN. In a seventh embodiment, R₁₀ is C₁₋₂haloalkyl such as CF₃.

Suitably R₁₀ is H, fluoro, chloro, CH₃, CF₃, OCH₃, OCF₃ or CN, such as H, fluoro, chloro, CH₃, OCH₃, OCF₃ or CN, in particular H, fluoro, chloro, OCH₃, OCF₃ or CN especially H or fluoro.

Suitably, R₁₀ is H, F or CH₃.

In one embodiment R₁₁ is H. In a second embodiment R₁₁ is F. In a third embodiment, R₁₁ is C₁₋₂alkyl such as CH₃ or Et, such as CH₃. In a fourth embodiment R₁₁ is OCH₃. In a fifth embodiment, R₁₁ is Cl. In a sixth embodiment, R₁₁ is Et. In a seventh embodiment, R₁₁ is CF₃. In an eighth embodiment, R₁₁ is CN.

Suitably, R₁₁ is H, F, CH₃ or OCH₃, such as H, F or CH₃, such as H or F, such as H.

In one embodiment, R₁₀ is in the ortho position with respect to group A. In another embodiment, R₁₀ is in the meta position with respect to group A. Suitably R₁₀ is in the ortho position with respect to group A.

In one embodiment, R₁₁ is in the ortho position with respect to group A. In another embodiment, R₁₁ is in the meta position with respect to group A. Suitably R₁₁ is in the ortho position with respect to group A.

In one embodiment Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl, i.e. phenyl. In a second embodiment Ar2 is a 6-membered heteroaryl, in particular containing one nitrogen atom (pyridyl) or two nitrogen atoms (pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl).

The position numbering for Ar2 is in respect of the point of attachment to Ar1, for example:

In particular Ar2 is 3-pyridyl or 2,5-pyrazinyl, especially 2,5-pyrazinyl.

In one embodiment R₁₂ is H. In a second embodiment R₁₂ is halo, for example fluoro or chloro. In a third embodiment R₁₂ is C₁₋₄alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl or isopropyl) or butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl). In a fourth embodiment R₁₂ is OC₁₋₄alkyl, such as OCH₃, ethoxy, isopropoxy or n-propoxy. In a fifth embodiment R₁₂ is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, such as OC₃₋₅cycloalkyl (e.g. cyclopropoxy or cyclobutoxy), OC₁alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl or OC₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl. In a sixth embodiment R₁₂ is CN. In a seventh embodiment R₁₂ is C₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as CF₃. In an eighth embodiment R₁₂ is OC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as OCF₃, OCHF₂ or OCH₂CF₃. In a ninth embodiment, R₁₂ is C₂₋₄alkenyl such as C(═CH₂)CH₃. In a tenth embodiment, R₁₂ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl such as C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄cycloalkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅cycloalkyl. In an eleventh embodiment, R₁₂ is hydroxy. In a twelfth embodiment, R₁₂ is C₁₋₄alkylOH such as CH₂OH. In a thirteenth embodiment, R₁₂ is SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl such as SO₂CH₃. In a fourteenth embodiment, R₁₂ is C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂ such as C(O)N(CH₃)₂. In a fifteenth embodiment, R₁₂ is NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl. In a sixteenth embodiment, R₁₂ is NR₂₃R₂₄. In a seventeenth embodiment, R₁₂ is OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂. In an eighteenth embodiment, R₁₂ is a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at the point of attachment to Ar2. Suitably the heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclopropyl, heterocyclobutyl, heterocyclopentyl or heterocyclohexyl ring such as a heterocyclohexyl ring. Suitably, the heterocyclopentyl ring is pyrrolidinyl. Suitably, the heterocyclohexyl ring is piperidinyl or piperazinyl. Any nitrogen atom such as one nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu. Suitably, any nitrogen atom in the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring is not substituted. In a nineteenth embodiment, R₁₂ together with a nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide (N⁺—O⁻).

When A is —NHC(═O)— or —C(═O)NH—, suitably, R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl, hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂, NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄.

When A is —NHC(═O)—, suitably R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide (N⁺—O⁻).

When A is —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—, suitably, R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl, hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂, NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄.

When A is —NH— or —NHCH₂—, suitably R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide (N⁺—O⁻).

The present invention provides N-oxides of the compound of formula (I). Suitably, when R₁₂ together with a nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide (N⁺—O⁻), the example following structures are formed:

R₁₂ is suitably H, F, Cl, CH₃, OCH₃, OEt, OiPr, OCyclopropyl, CN, CF₃, OCHF₂ or OCH₂CF₃. In particular, R₁₂ is Cl, CN, CF₃, OCHF₂, OCH₂CF₃, OCH₃, OEt, OiPr, OCyclopropyl, such as CF₃, OCHF₂, OCH₂CF₃, OCH₃, OEt, OiPr, OCyclopropyl, e.g. OEt.

R₁₂ is suitably H, F, Cl, CH₃, Pr, OCH₃, OEt, OiPr, OCyclopropyl, CN, CF₃, OCHF₂, OCH₂CF₃, C₃cycloalkyl or C(═CH₂)CH₃. In particular, R₁₂ is Cl, Pr, OCH₃, OEt, OiPr, OCyclopropyl, CN, CF₃, OCHF₂, OCH₂CF₃, C₃cycloalkyl or C(═CH₂)CH₃, such as Cl, OCH₃, OEt, OiPr, OCyclopropyl, CF₃, OCHF₂, OCH₂CF₃ or C₃cycloalkyl, e.g. OEt.

When A is —C(═O)NH—, suitably R₁₂ is CF₃, OEt or OiPr, such as OEt or OiPr.

Suitably R₁₂ is in the meta position of Ar2. Alternatively, R₁₂ is in the ortho position of Ar2.

In one embodiment, R₁₃ is H. In another embodiment, R₁₃ is halo such as F or Cl, suitably F.

In one embodiment, R₁₃ is in the ortho position with respect to Ar1. In another embodiment, R₁₃ is in the para position with respect to Ar1. In another embodiment, R₁₃ is in the meta position with respect to Ar1.

In one embodiment, R₂₃ is H. In another embodiment, R₂₃ is C₁₋₂alkyl such as methyl.

In one embodiment, R₂₄ is H. In another embodiment R₂₄ is C₁₋₂alkyl such as methyl.

Suitably, R₂₃ is H and R₂₄ is ethyl. Suitably, R₂₃ is CH₃ and R₂₄ is CH₃.

In one embodiment, at least one of R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂ and R₁₃ is other than H.

Suitably, at least one of R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂ and R₁₃ is other than H.

Throughout the specification Ar1 and Ar2 may be depicted as follows:

All depictions with respect to Ar1 are equivalent and all depictions with respect to Ar2 are equivalent, unless the context requires otherwise, depictions of Ar1 and Ar2 should not be taken to exclude the presence of heteroatoms or substitutions.

The present invention provides the compound described in Example P285. Also provided is the compound described in Example P287.

The present invention provides the following compound:

4-(2-((1-cyanocyclopropane)-1-sulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamide.

The present invention also provides the following compound:

4-(2-((cyanomethyl)sulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamide.

The compounds of the invention may be provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof. In particular, the compound of formula (I) may be provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate, such as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.

Compounds of the invention of particular interest are those demonstrating an IC₅₀ of 1 uM or lower, especially 100 nM or lower, in respect of CTPS1 enzyme, using the methods of the examples (or comparable methods).

Compounds of the invention of particular interest are those demonstrating a selectivity for CTPS1 over CTPS2 of 2-30 fold, suitably >30-60 fold or more suitably >60 fold, using the methods of the examples (or comparable methods). Desirably the selectivity is for human CTPS1 over human CTPS2.

It will be appreciated that for use in medicine the salts of the compounds of formula (I) should be pharmaceutically acceptable. Non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formula (I) may be of use in other contexts such as during preparation of the compounds of formula (I). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those described by Berge et al. (1977). Such pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid and base addition salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid additional salts may be formed with inorganic acids e.g. hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulphuric, nitric or phosphoric acid and organic acids e.g. succinic, maleic, acetic, fumaric, citric, tartaric, benzoic, p-toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic or naphthalenesulfonic acid. Other salts e.g. oxalates or formates, may be used, for example in the isolation of compounds of formula (I) and are included within the scope of this invention.

Certain of the compounds of formula (I) may form acid or base addition salts with one or more equivalents of the acid or base. The present invention includes within its scope all possible stoichiometric and non-stoichiometric forms.

The compounds of formula (I) may be prepared in crystalline or non-crystalline form and, if crystalline, may optionally be solvated, e.g. as the hydrate. This invention includes within its scope stoichiometric solvates (e.g. hydrates) as well as compounds containing variable amounts of solvent (e.g. water).

It will be understood that the invention includes pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives of compounds of formula (I) and that these are included within the scope of the invention.

As used herein “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative” includes any pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug such as an ester or salt of such ester of a compound of formula (I) which, upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of formula (I) or an active metabolite or residue thereof.

It is to be understood that the present invention encompasses all isomers of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives, including all geometric, tautomeric and optical forms, and mixtures thereof (e.g. racemic mixtures). Where additional chiral centres are present in compounds of formula (I), the present invention includes within its scope all possible diastereoisomers, including mixtures thereof. The different isomeric forms may be separated or resolved one from the other by conventional methods, or any given isomer may be obtained by conventional synthetic methods or by stereospecific or asymmetric syntheses.

The present disclosure includes all isotopic forms of the compounds of the invention provided herein, whether in a form (i) wherein all atoms of a given atomic number have a mass number (or mixture of mass numbers) which predominates in nature (referred to herein as the “natural isotopic form”) or (ii) wherein one or more atoms are replaced by atoms having the same atomic number, but a mass number different from the mass number of atoms which predominates in nature (referred to herein as an “unnatural variant isotopic form”). It is understood that an atom may naturally exist as a mixture of mass numbers. The term “unnatural variant isotopic form” also includes embodiments in which the proportion of an atom of given atomic number having a mass number found less commonly in nature (referred to herein as an “uncommon isotope”) has been increased relative to that which is naturally occurring e.g. to the level of >20%, >50%, >75%, >90%, >95% or >99% by number of the atoms of that atomic number (the latter embodiment referred to as an “isotopically enriched variant form”). The term “unnatural variant isotopic form” also includes embodiments in which the proportion of an uncommon isotope has been reduced relative to that which is naturally occurring. Isotopic forms may include radioactive forms (i.e. they incorporate radioisotopes) and non-radioactive forms. Radioactive forms will typically be isotopically enriched variant forms.

An unnatural variant isotopic form of a compound may thus contain one or more artificial or uncommon isotopes such as deuterium (²H or D), carbon-11 (¹¹C), carbon-13 (¹³C), carbon-14 (¹⁴C), nitrogen-13 (¹³N), nitrogen-15 (¹⁵N), oxygen-15 (¹⁵O), oxygen-17 (¹⁷O), oxygen-18 (¹⁸O), phosphorus-32 (³²P), sulphur-35 (³⁵S), chlorine-36 (³⁶Cl), chlorine-37 (³⁷Cl), fluorine-18 (¹⁸F) iodine-123 (¹²³I), iodine-125 (¹²⁵I) in one or more atoms or may contain an increased proportion of said isotopes as compared with the proportion that predominates in nature in one or more atoms.

Unnatural variant isotopic forms comprising radioisotopes may, for example, be used for drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. ³H, and carbon-14, i.e. ¹⁴C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection. Unnatural variant isotopic forms which incorporate deuterium i.e. ²H or D may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Further, unnatural variant isotopic forms may be prepared which incorporate positron emitting isotopes, such as ¹¹C, ¹⁸F, ¹⁵O and ¹³N, and would be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention are provided in a natural isotopic form.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention are provided in an unnatural variant isotopic form. In a specific embodiment, the unnatural variant isotopic form is a form in which deuterium (i.e. ²H or D) is incorporated where hydrogen is specified in the chemical structure in one or more atoms of a compound of the invention. In one embodiment, the atoms of the compounds of the invention are in an isotopic form which is not radioactive. In one embodiment, one or more atoms of the compounds of the invention are in an isotopic form which is radioactive. Suitably radioactive isotopes are stable isotopes. Suitably the unnatural variant isotopic form is a pharmaceutically acceptable form.

In one embodiment, a compound of the invention is provided whereby a single atom of the compound exists in an unnatural variant isotopic form. In another embodiment, a compound of the invention is provided whereby two or more atoms exist in an unnatural variant isotopic form. Unnatural isotopic variant forms can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes described herein e.g. processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples for preparing natural isotopic forms. Thus, unnatural isotopic variant forms could be prepared by using appropriate isotopically variant (or labelled) reagents in place of the normal reagents employed in the Examples. Since the compounds of formula (I) are intended for use in pharmaceutical compositions it will readily be understood that they are each preferably provided in substantially pure form, for example at least 60% pure, more suitably at least 75% pure and preferably at least 85%, especially at least 98% pure (% are on a weight for weight basis). Impure preparations of the compounds may be used for preparing the more pure forms used in the pharmaceutical compositions.

In general, the compounds of formula (I) may be made according to the organic synthesis techniques known to those skilled in this field, as well as by the representative methods set forth below, those in the Examples, and modifications thereof.

General Routes:

Generic routes by which compounds disclosed herein and compound examples of the invention may be conveniently prepared are summarised below and adaptations thereof.

Compounds of formula (I) when B is

may be synthesised as follows:

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 1a (wherein R₄ is H or Et) where R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, or Scheme 1b (wherein R₄ is H or OMe) where R₁, R₂, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared in four or five steps starting from a 2,4-dichloropyrimidine derivative of general formula (VIII). The derivative (VIII) can be reacted with an unsymmetrical malonate ester derivative to displace the more reactive chloride and form intermediate compounds of formula (VII). Such reactions may be carried out in the presence of a strong base such as sodium hydride and in a polar solvent such as DMF. If mono alkylation is desired then treatment of intermediate (VII) with an inorganic base, such as sodium hydroxide, in the presence of an alkylating agent, such as iodoethane (EtI), yields compounds of the general formula (V). If a desmethyl (R₄=H) linker is desired, compounds of general formula (VII) can be taken directly to compounds of general formula (IV) (see below).

Palladium catalysed sulfamination of 2-chloropyrimidine derivative (VII) and (V) can be undertaken using a catalyst such as [t-BuXPhos Pd(allyl)]OTf and substituted sulfonamide nucleophile (VI), in the presence of an inorganic base, for example potassium carbonate to form intermediate derivative (IV). This compound can then be deprotected via a decarboxylation, initiated by the use of a strong acid such as TFA to yield intermediate derivative (II). Such reactions are carried out in DCM at temperatures of 0° C. to room temperature.

Compounds of general formula (I) can be prepared by conversion of intermediate (II) by a one or two step process. Firstly, saponification using an agent such as TMSOK gives the intermediate carboxylic acid derivative followed by reaction with an activating agent, to generate a reactive, electrophilic carboxylic acid derivative, followed by subsequent reaction with an amine of formula (III), or a suitably protected derivative thereof. 2,4,6-Tripropyl-1,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriphosphorinane-2,4,6-trioxide (T3P) is a reagent suitable for the activation of the carboxylate group. An alternative approach involves activation of the ester moiety directly using trimethylaluminium (usually a 2.0M solution in toluene or heptane) and addition of amine (III). These reactions are typically heated to 80-100° C. for a few hours in a solvent such as toluene.

If an alkoxy (R₄=OMe) linker is required, compounds may be prepared in four steps starting from a 2,4-dichloropyrimidine derivative of general formula (VIII) (Scheme 1 b). The derivative (VIII) can be reacted with a symmetrical malonate ester to form intermediate compounds of formula (VII) where R₄=OMe. Compounds such as (VII) can then be coupled with a primary sulfonamide under conditions previously described. Compounds of formula (IV) where both alkyl groups are methyl can then be deprotected via a decarboxylation, initiated by the use of an alkali metal base to yield intermediate derivative (XXVI). The intermediate carboxylate derivative (XXVI) can undergo amide coupling as previously described to give final compounds of formula (I).

Suitably, R₂ is H, (IX) is converted to (X) using a base and alkyl halide or X—CH₂—(CH₂)n-X wherein n=1, 2, 3 and the compounds of general formula (I) are obtained by a five step process.

In general and as illustrated in Schemes 2a and 2b, compounds of general formula (I) may be obtained by a five or six step process from a 2,4-dichloropyrimidine derivative of general formula (VIII). Firstly, the derivative (VIII) can be reacted with an unsymmetrical malonate ester as shown in Schemes 1a, 1b, 2a or 2b. For example, the unsymmetrical malonate ester can be treated with a base such as Cs₂CO₃ in the presence of di-chloropyrimidine (VIII) in a solvent such as DMF and heated to an elevated temperature such as 80° C., followed by an aqueous work-up to obtain compounds of formula (VII). This intermediate compound can then be deprotected at this stage via a decarboxylation, initiated by the use of a strong acid such as TFA to yield intermediate derivative (IX). Certain intermediates such as (IX) where R₃=H, are commercially available. Reaction of a methyl 2-(2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)acetate derivative of general formula (IX) with an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, in the presence of an alkylating agent leads to alkylation alpha to the ester. It will be understood by persons skilled in the art that both mono- and dialkylation may be achieved with careful control of the reaction conditions, but for a more reliable synthesis of the monoalkylated product, an alternative procedure should be considered (as in Scheme 1a). R₄ and R₅ can be connected to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring as defined above ((IX) to (X)). Such compounds may be prepared by double alkylation with a dihaloalkane, such as 1,2-dibromoethane or 1,3-dibromobutane in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide. For compounds of general formula (I) wherein R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, double alkylation of intermediates (IX) using a di-haloheteroalkane (such as BrCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂Br) in the presence of a base such as Cs₂CO₃ in a solvent such as MeCN at an elevated temperature such as 60° C. followed by direct column chromatography can be used to provide compounds of formula (X).

Palladium catalysed sulfamination of intermediate (X) may be achieved using a catalyst such as [t-BuXPhosPd(allyl)]OTf or t-BuXPhos-Pd-G3 and substituted sulfonamide nucleophile (VI), in the presence of an inorganic base, for example potassium carbonate to form intermediate derivative (II). Alternatively, sulfamination of intermediate (X) may be achieved using a substituted sulfonamide nucleophile (VI), in the presence of an inorganic base, for example Cs₂CO₃ and a solvent such as N-methyl pyrrolidinone to form intermediates (II) which may be obtained by precipitation following dilution in aqueous 4M HCl.

Final transformation to compounds of general formula (I) can be prepared by conversion of intermediate (II) by activation of the ester moiety using trimethylaluminium (usually a 2.0 M solution in toluene or heptane) and addition of amine (III) (commercially available or prepared as in Schemes 6a, 6b, 7a or 7b). Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) may be obtained by a strong base-mediated amide formation between compounds (II) and (III) at room temperature using bases such as iPrMgCl, LiHMDS or KOtBu.

Compounds of the general formula (VII) where R₂ is O-alkyl may be accessed in two steps from commercial 2,4,6-trichloropyrimidine derivatives such as (VIII) where R₂ is Cl. Reaction of an unsymmetrical malonate ester can yield compounds such as (VII) which can then be treated with an alkoxide base such as sodium methoxide to displace the more reactive chloride to give compounds of general formula (VII) where R₂=O-alkyl. Such compounds can then be progressed to final compounds of formula (I) following the steps previously described in Schemes 2a or 2b.

Compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above and R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, may be prepared in five steps starting from intermediate of general formula (VIII). Firstly, alkyl esters of general formula (XXVII) can be treated with a strong base such as LHMDS then reacted with 2,4-dichloropyrimidines such as derivative (VIII). Such compounds can then be converted to final compounds using the methods described in Scheme 2b. If any protecting groups remain after amide coupling, treatment with a strong acid such as TFA may yield final compounds of formula (I).

Following deprotection compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above and R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆aminocycloalkyl, may be further elaborated by treatment with a suitable electrophile such as an acid chloride or an isocyanate, to yield the corresponding amide or urea. Such compounds may also undergo reductive amination in the presence of a suitable aldehyde or ketone followed by treatment with sodium triacetoxyborohydride.

For compounds where R₅ is halo such as F and R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl, a two-step procedure may be carried out to convert intermediates of formula (IX) to (X), see Scheme 2b. Firstly mono alkylation alpha to the ester may be achieved by treatment with an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, in the presence of an alkylating agent. Reaction of these products with a strong base such as LHMDS followed by exposure to a fluorinating agent such as N-fluoro-N-(phenylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide may produce compounds of formula (X).

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 3, compounds of general formula (I) wherein R₃ is H may be obtained by a seven step process when R₄ and/or R₅=alkyl (or five step process when R₄=R₅=H) from anilines of formula (III) defined in Scheme 4 and 5. Firstly, aniline (III) can be protected with a suitable nitrogen protecting group such as a para-methoxybenzyl ether group by reacting aniline (III) with 4-methoxybenzaldehyde followed by reduction in situ with reducing agents such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride. Protected aniline of formula (XIII) can then be reacted with 3-(tert-butoxy)-3-oxopropanoic acid (XIV) in presence of a coupling reagent such as HATU to obtain intermediates (XV). Such intermediates (XV) may undergo S_(N)Ar with 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (VIII) (R₃=H) in the presence of a strong base such as NaH to give pyrimidines of formula (XVI). The intermediate (XVI) may then undergo two transformations.

Firstly, decarboxylation with a strong acid such as TFA to obtain intermediates of formula (XVIII) followed by alkylation in the presence of a base such as K₂CO₃ results in the formation compounds of formula (XIX). Palladium catalysed sulfonamidation of intermediate (XIX) may be achieved using a catalytic system such as Pd-174 in the presence of a sulphonamide of the type (VI) to obtain compounds of the formula (XX). Compounds of formula (I) may be obtained by deprotection of the aniline nitrogen using a strong acidic system such as TFA/triflic acid.

Alternatively compounds of formula (XVI) may undergo sulfonamidation using sulphonamide of the type (VI) followed by double deprotection using a strong acidic system such as TFA/triflic acid to yield compounds of formula (I).

Suitably, R₂ is H, R₃ is H, R₄ is F and R₅ is C₁₋₆alkyl.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 4a, compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, P is a nitrogen protecting group such as PMB, R₄ is halo such as F and R₅=C₁₋₆alkyl may be prepared starting from the methyl ester (II) which may undergo protection such as with PMB-Cl to give intermediate (XXI) which can then undergo fluorination using a fluorinating agent such as N-fluoro-N-(phenylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide after being treated with an appropriate base such as LHMDS. Intermediate (XXII) can undergo salt formation using an inorganic base such as LiOH to yield intermediate (XXIII) which can then be activated with a coupling reagent such as T3P in presence of base and coupled with an aniline such as (III) to obtain the protected final compound (XXIV). To follow is the final deprotection step under strongly acidic conditions such as TFA in DCM to give the desired final compounds of general formula (I).

As shown in Scheme 4b, intermediates of formula (XXI) may also be prepared starting from pyrimidine (IV) which can undergo protection such as with PMB-Cl to give intermediate (XXVIII).

Decarboxylation when the alkyl ester is tBu can be carried out with a strong acid such as TFA to yield derivatives of formula (XXI). Alternatively if the alkyl group is methyl, decarboxylation can be performed under Krapcho conditions employing a chloride ion source such as LiCl, in a polar aprotic solvent such as DMSO at elevated temperatures such as 140° C. to give derivatives of general formula (XXI).

For compounds where R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl but where R₄≠R₅, derivatives of general formula (XXI) may be reacted with an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, in the presence of an alkylating agent to give compounds of formula (XXII). Such compounds can be converted to final compounds using methods previously described in Scheme 4a.

For compounds where R₄=H is desired, compounds of formula (XXI) may be converted directly to carboxylate salts such as (XXIII) by treatment with a suitable agent such as TMSOK as previously described. Intermediates (XXIII) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) as described above, or in two steps by direct coupling of (XXII) with amines of formula (III) in the presence of an activating agent such as AlMe₃ followed by conversion of (XXIV) to compounds of formula (I) as described above.

Suitably, X is N, Y is CH, R₃ is H, (IX) is converted to (X) using a base and compounds of formula (XXV) wherein n₁=n₂=2, hal is Cl, alkyl is methyl, R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a tetrahydropyranyl ring, and compounds of formula (II) are converted to compounds of formula (I) using AlMe₃ and compounds of formula (III).

Compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above and R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, may be prepared in three steps starting from intermediate of general formula (IX), see Scheme 5a. Firstly, the derivative (IX) can be reacted with a symmetric di-bromoether of general formula (XXV) as shown in Scheme 5a to give an alpha-cyclic compound of formula (X). The intermediate thus obtained may be further reacted with sulfonamides of general formula (VI) to give compounds of formula (II). Finally, subjecting derivatives (II) to AlMe₃ in the presence of anilines of type (III) yields compounds of general formula (I). Alternative reaction conditions for converting compounds of formula (IX) to compounds of formula (I) are described above in respect of Schemes 2a and 2b.

Compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, X=Y=CH or X=CH and Y=N, hal=Br or Cl, R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl and R₅ is H or C₁₋₆alkyl may be prepared in three or four steps starting from intermediate of general formula (IX). Reaction of a derivative of general formula (IX) with an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, in the presence of an alkylating agent leads to alkylation alpha to the ester to give compounds of formula (X). It will be understood by persons skilled in the art that both mono- and dialkylation may be achieved with careful control of the reaction conditions. Compounds of formula (X) may then be progressed to final compounds of formula (I) following the steps described above in Scheme 5b.

Compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, X=Y=CH or X=CH and Y=N and R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, may be prepared in the same manner as described above for compounds when X=N and Y=CH.

Compounds of general formula (II) when R₁ and R₃ are as defined above, R₄=R₅=H and X and Y=CH may also be obtained by sulfonylation of commercial amines of formula (XXIX) with a suitable sulfonyl chloride (XXX) in pyridine. Intermediate (II) may then undergo hydrolysis and amide coupling using methods previously described.

Compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, X=CH and Y=N, hal=Br or Cl, R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl and R₅ is F may be prepared starting from intermediate of general formula (IX). Firstly mono alkylation alpha to the ester may be achieved by treatment with an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, in the presence of an alkylating agent. Reaction of these products with a strong base such as LHMDS followed by exposure to a fluorinating agent such as N-fluoro-N-(phenylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide may produce compounds of formula (X).

Compounds of formula (X) can then be progressed to compounds of formula (I) following the steps described in Scheme 5b.

Intermediates of formula (III) wherein Ar1, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂ and R₁₃ are defined above and Ar2 is an unsubstituted or substituted 3-pyridyl ring, may be synthesised by coupling under Suzuki conditions of a boronate of general formula (XII), wherein R₁₂ is defined above and Z represents a dihydroxyboryl or dialkyloxyboryl group, usually a 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl group, to a substituted pyridine of formula (XI) where X denotes a halide. The couplings according to the Suzuki method are performed, for example, by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane and an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate in a solvent mixture of dioxane and water.

Intermediates of formula (III) wherein Ar1, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂ and R₁₃ are defined above and Ar2 is an unsubstituted or substituted 2,5-pyrazinyl ring, may be synthesised by coupling under Suzuki conditions of an aromatic halide of general formula (XII) and Z represents a halide, to a boronate of general formula (XI) where X denotes a dihydroxyboryl or dialkyloxyboryl group, usually a 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl group. The couplings according to the Suzuki method are performed, for example, by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloro palladium(II) and an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate in a solvent mixture of dioxane and water.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 8, the compounds of formula (I) where R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, where X=N and Y=CH, where R₄=H, C₁₋₆alkyl or CH₂CH₂OMe and where R₅=H may be prepared in four or five steps starting from an intermediate of general formula (VII). Alkylation can be achieved by treatment of intermediate (VII) with an inorganic base, such as sodium hydroxide, in the presence of an alkylating agent, such as iodoethane to yield compounds of the general formula (V). Decarboxylation can be initiated with a strong acid such as TFA to obtain intermediates of formula (X). Such intermediates may then undergo saponification and amide coupling according to methods described in Scheme 1 to give compounds of formula (XXXI). Final compounds of formula (I) can be accessed by coupling intermediates of formula (XXXI) with a primary sulfonamide as previously described in Schemes 1a and 1b.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 8, the compounds of formula (I) where R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, where X=CH and Y=N, where R₄=H or CH₂CH₂OMe and where R₅=H or Me, may be prepared in starting from an intermediate of general formula (VIII) following comparable methods to those described for when X=N and Y=CH in Scheme 8. If a linker where R₅=Me is required alkylation of intermediates of formula (X) may be treated with an alkylating agent in the presence of a base to generate intermediates such as (Xa). Compounds of formula (Xa) can then be converted to final compounds via a three step procedure as described in Scheme 8.

Compounds of general formula (XXXI) when R₄=R₅=H and X=CH and Y=N may also be obtained by coupling commercial acids of formula (XXXII) with anilines of formula (III) under amide coupling conditions previously described. Compounds of this type can then be progressed to compounds of formula (I) using the previously described sulfamidation conditions.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 9a, compounds of formula (I) wherein R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are as defined above, alkyl is C₁₋₄alkyl such as methyl or ethyl, e.g. methyl, and for example, R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be prepared in four steps from chloro-pyrimidine (LVX). Intermediates (XXXVII) are coupled to chloro-pyrimidine (LVX) in the presence of a base such as LHMDS to give intermediates (XXXIII). Thioethers of the general formula (XXXIII) may be transformed to sulfones (XXXIV) in the presence of an oxidising agent such as mCPBA. Displacement of the sulfone group with a primary sulphonamide (VI) in the presence of a base such as Cs₂CO₃ and a solvent such as N-methyl pyrrolidone gives compounds of formula (II). Compounds of formula (I) may be obtained by a strong base-mediated amide formation between compounds (II) and (III) at room temperature using bases such as iPrMgCl, LiHMDS or KOtBu.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 9b, compounds of general formula (I) wherein R₄ and R₅ are both F, R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above may be prepared in 3 steps from literature compound ethyl 2,2-difluoro-2-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)acetate (XXXIII) i.e. R₄=R₅=F.

Thioethers of the general formula (XXXIII) may be transformed to sulfones (XXXIV) in the presence of an oxidising agent such as Oxone® at room temperature in a polar protic solvent such as MeOH. Displacement of the sulfone group with a primary sulphonamide (VI) and subsequent ester hydrolysis to give acids of the general formula (XXXV) can be performed in a one pot procedure in the presence of a strong base such as NaH and in a polar aprotic solvent such as DMF. Acid derivative (XXXV) can then be activated with a coupling reagent such as HATU in the presence of a base and coupled with an aniline such as (III) to obtain the final compounds of formula (I).

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 10, the compounds of general formula (X) where R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above and where R₄=OMe may be prepared in four, five or six steps starting from a 2,4-dichloropyrazine derivative of general formula (VIII). Derivative (VIII) can be reacted with a symmetrical malonate ester when R₄=OMe in the presence of a strong base such as sodium hydride and in a polar solvent such as DMF to form intermediate compounds of formula (V). A two-step procedure can then be carried out to access compounds of general structure (X). Firstly saponification using an alkali metal hydroxide such as NaOH can generate the biscarboxylic acid which once acidified may undergo spontaneous decarboxylation. The resulting carboxylic acid can then be converted to esters of general formula (X) by treatment with an activating agent such as thionyl chloride in the presence of an alcoholic solvent such as methanol. Derivatives of formula (X) can be converted to final compounds for formula (I) using methods previously described in Schemes 5a and 5b.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 11, the compounds of formula (XXVIII) where R₁ is defined above and where R₄=H or Et, may be prepared in seven steps starting from a 2,4-dichloropyrimidine derivative of general formula (VIII). The derivative (VIII) can be reacted with sulfonamide of type (VI) in the presence of an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate to displace the more reactive chloride and form intermediate compounds of formula (XXXVI). Compounds of formula (XXXVI) may be protected e.g. using PMB-Cl to give compounds of formula (XXXVII).

This compound can then be converted to compounds of general formula (XXXVIII) by treatment with an unsymmetrical malonate in the presence of a base such as cesium carbonate in a solvent such as dimethoxyethane.

If mono alkylation is desired then treatment of intermediate (XXXVIII) with an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate, in the presence of an alkylating agent, such as EtI, yields compounds of the general formula (XXVIII). This compound can then be converted to final compounds of formula (I) using methods previously described in Scheme 4b.

Wherein R₄=H, compounds of general formula (XXXVIII) can be taken directly to compounds of general formula (I) (such as described above).

Benzamide Pyrimidines

Compounds of general formula (I) may be obtained by a four step process, as shown in Scheme 12. 2-Chloropyrimidine-4-carbonitrile (XXXIX) can be converted to the corresponding sulfonamide (XXXX) using palladium catalysed sulfamination conditions previously reported in Scheme 1. Reduction of the nitrile group using sodium borohydride in the presence of nickel (II) chloride and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate may yield the protected benzylamine derivative of general formula (XXXXI). Deprotection can be carried out by acid hydrolysis using HCl in dioxane to yield benzylamine derivative of general formula (XXXXII). Amide coupling conditions may then be employed to convert the benzylamine derivative (XXXXII) to amides of general formula (I) by employing a coupling reagent together with a biaryl carboxylic acid (XXXXIII) (commercially available or prepared as in Schemes 19a and 19b).

Compounds of general formula (I) where A is an amine linker such as —CH₂NH—, where R₁, Ar₁ and Ar₂ are defined above, R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl and R₅ is H or C₁₋₆alkyl or R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl may be accessed in one step from benzyl amines such as (XXXXII). Reaction of (XXXXII) with aromatic aldehydes (LXXII) in the presence of a hydride source such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride may yield amines of formula (I).

Compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, Ar₁ and Ar₂ are defined above, X=N and Y=CH, R₃ is H, R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl and R₅ is H or C₁₋₆alkyl or R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl may be obtained by a six step process, as shown in Scheme 13 (and Scheme 12 for certain steps). Firstly, the derivative (IX) can be reacted with an alkyl halide to give compounds of general formula (X) where R₄=alkyl and R₅=H. Alternatively derivative (IX) can be reacted with an alkyl bis-halide to give compounds of general formula (X) where R₄ and R₅ can be connected to form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring as defined above. Carboxylic acid (XXXII) can be obtained by hydrolysis of methyl ester (X) using an alkali metal base such as lithium hydroxide in a solvent mixture such as THF/MeOH. Curtius rearrangement can be carried out, for example, using diphenylphosphoryl azide in the presence of triethylamine and tert-butanol to yield carbamates such as (XXXXIV). The corresponding sulfonamide (XXXXI) may then be accessed by a palladium catalysed sulfamination employing conditions previously reported in Scheme 1. Carbamates of formula (XXXXI) can then be progressed to final compounds of formula (I) following Scheme 12.

Compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, Ar₁ and Ar₂ are defined above, X=CH and Y=N, R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl and R₅ is H may be obtained by a four step process starting from a commercially available acid of formula (XXXII) following the subsequent steps described in Scheme 13a.

Compounds of general formula (I) where R₁, Ar₁ and Ar₂ are defined above, R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl and R₅ is H or C₁₋₆alkyl or R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl may be obtained by a six step process, as shown in Scheme 13b. Firstly, the carboxylic acid (LVXII) can be obtained by hydrolysis of methyl ester (XXXIII) using an alkali metal base such as lithium hydroxide. Curtius rearrangement can be carried out, for example, using diphenylphosphoryl azide in the presence of propylphosphonic anhydride, triethylamine and tert-butanol to yield carbamates such as (LVXIII). Deprotection can be carried out by acid hydrolysis using HCl in dioxane to yield benzylamine derivative of general formula (LVXIX). Amide coupling conditions may then be employed to convert the benzylamine derivative (LVXIX) to amides of general formula (LXX) by employing a coupling reagent together with a biaryl carboxylic acid (XXXXIII) (commercially available or prepared as in Scheme 19). Compound of formula (LXX) can then be progressed to compounds of formula (I) following the oxidation, displacement sequence described in Scheme 22.

The pyrimidin-4-yl(propan-2-yl)benzamide derivatives of formula (I) in which R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, R₄=alkyl and R₅=H may be prepared by two different routes as shown in Scheme 14. The two routes both begin by conversion of 2-bromopyrimidine to the corresponding ketone (XXXXVI) by treatment with a suitable base such as TMPMgCl-LiCl followed by exposure to the Weinreb amide derivative. The two routes then converge at compounds of general formula (L) where they are then taken onto the final analogues by a two-step process.

ROUTE A: Treatment of ketone derivatives (XXXXVI) with ammonium trifluoroacetate followed by reduction using sodium borohydride may yield the benzylamine (L).

ROUTE B: Ketone of the general formula (XXXXVI) is converted to sulfinamide (XXXXVII) by treatment with a Lewis acid such as titanium isopropoxide followed by exposure to a sulfinamine such as 2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide. Reduction using sodium borohydride may yield the sulfinamide (XXXXVIII). The intermediate of formula (XXXXVIII) may then be deprotected using a strong acid, such as HCl which may also lead to halogen exchange to give amines of general formula (L) where X=Cl.

Amide coupling conditions reported in Scheme 12 may then be employed to convert the benzylamine derivatives (L) to amides of general formula (LI). A palladium catalysed sulfamination as described in Scheme 12 may yield compounds of the general formula (I).

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 15, compounds of general formula (XXXXII) may be obtained by a three step process from a ketone derivative of general formula (XXXXVI). Sulfamidation of derivative (XXXXVI) may be carried out using conditions described in Scheme 12 to give compounds of formula (LII). Oxime formation with methoxyamine can be followed by reduction in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as Pd/C under an atmosphere of H₂ gas in a polar protic solvent such as MeOH to afford amine derivatives of general formula (XXXXII). Amines of this type can be progressed to final compounds following Scheme 12.

Alternatively, compounds of general formula (XXXXII) may be obtained by a three step process, as shown in Scheme 16. N-(2-(2-bromopyrimidin-4-yl)butan-2-yl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (XXXXVII) can be synthesized as described above (Scheme 14). The imine can then be exposed to a nucleophile such as MeMgBr to yield intermediates such as (XXXXVIII). The corresponding sulfonamide (LIII) may then be accessed by a palladium catalysed sulfamination as described in Scheme 1. Deprotection can be carried out by acid hydrolysis using HCl to yield the benzylamine derivatives of general formula (XXXXII) which can then be converted to final compounds following Scheme 12.

The benzamide derivatives of formula (I) in which R₁, R₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above and R₄=R₅=alkyl may be prepared in 5 steps as described in Scheme 17 by coupling a commercial aromatic chloride such as (LIV) with a primary sulfonamide using sulfamidation conditions described in Schemes 1a and 1b. A double Grignard addition may then be carried out in an aprotic solvent such as THF to form intermediates of formula (LVI). A Ritter type reaction may then be undertaken using an alkylnitrile, such as 2-chloroacetonitrile in the presence of an acid such as H₂SO₄. The intermediate of formula (LVII) can be deprotected by reaction with thiourea in a protic solvent such as ethanol in the presence of acetic acid and heated under reflux to yield the benzylamine derivatives (XXXXII). Final compounds of formula (I) can be accessed using amide coupling conditions reported in Scheme 12.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 18 compounds of general formula (I) can be prepared by conversion of intermediate (II) by a three step process. Firstly, saponification of (II) using an agent such as TMSOK gives the intermediate carboxylic acid derivative, which may be followed by reaction with an activating agent such as T3P and a bromo-aniline of formula (XI). Intermediates of formula (LVIII) are then converted to compound of the invention of general formula (I) by coupling under Suzuki conditions with a boronate ester of general formula (XII). The boronate is usually a dihydroxyboryl or dialkyloxyboryl group, usually a 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-y group. The couplings according to the Suzuki method are performed, for example, by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) and an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate in a solvent mixture of dioxane and water. It will be understood by persons skilled in the art that many catalysts and conditions can be employed for such couplings.

Intermediates of formula (XXXXIII) where Ar₂ is an unsubstituted or substituted 2-pyrazine ring or 3-pyridyl ring, may be synthesised as shown in Scheme 19 by coupling under Suzuki conditions of an aromatic halide of general formula (XII), of which R₁₂ and R₁₃ are defined above and Z represents Br or Cl, to a boronate of general formula (XI) wherein R₁₀ and R₁₁ are defined above, X denotes a dihydroxyboryl or dialkyloxyboryl group, such as a 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl group. The couplings according to the Suzuki method are performed, for example, by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II).CH₂Cl₂ adduct and an inorganic base such as cesium carbonate in a solvent mixture of dioxane and water under an inert atmosphere such as a nitrogen atmosphere to give compounds of formula (LVIX). The carboxylic acids of general formula (XXXXIII) are obtained by either deprotection of the t-butyl ester using a strong acid, such as TFA in a solvent of CH₂Cl₂, hydrolysis of the methyl ester using an alkali metal hydroxide such as NaOH in a solvent mixture such as THF/MeOH or hydrolysis of the nitrile using a strong acid such as concentrated HCl.

Intermediates of formula (LXXII) where Ar₂ is an unsubstituted or substituted 2-pyrazine ring or 3-pyridyl ring, may be synthesised as shown in Scheme 19b, in a one-pot, two step procedure starting with borylation of (XI), where X denotes a halogen such as Br or Cl. followed by coupling under Suzuki conditions with an aromatic halide of general formula (XII), of which R₁₂ and R₁₃ are defined above and Z represents Br or Cl. Initially compounds such as (XI), can be converted to the corresponding boronate using a catalyst such as [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II).CH₂Cl₂ adduct and an inorganic base such as potassium acetate in a solvent such as dioxane. Aromatic halide (XII) may then be added to the reaction mixture along with an aqueous solution of an inorganic base such as caesium carbonate to yield alcohols of formula (LXXI). The aldehydes of general formula (LXXII) are obtained by treatment with an oxidant such as manganese dioxide.

In general compounds of formula (I) where R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon to which they are attached form a 1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decane may be treated with a strong acid, such as HCl, to yield cyclic ketones of formula (I). Such ketones may then be treated with a hydride source, such as sodium borohydride, to yield the corresponding exocyclic alcohol or reacted with an amine, such as dimethylamine, followed by sodium triacetoxyborohydride to yield exocyclic amines of formula (I).

Compounds of formula (I) wherein A is —NR₆CH₂— can be obtained from compounds of formula (I) wherein A is —NR₆C(═O)—, by the reduction of the amide to the amine using a reducing agent such as LiAlH₄ in a solvent such as THF.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 22, compounds of formula (I) wherein R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are as defined above, alkyl is C₁₋₄alkyl such as methyl or ethyl, e.g. methyl, and for example, R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be prepared starting from a general intermediate of formula (XXXIII). Intermediates such as (LXXIV) may be obtained by subjecting compounds such as (XXXIII) to amide coupling conditions such as those described in Scheme 9a using iPrMgCl. Thioethers of the general formula (LXXIII) may be transformed to sulfoxides or sulfones (LXXIV) in the presence of an oxidising agent such as mCPBA. Displacement of the sulfone group with a primary sulphonamide (VI) in the presence of a base such as Cs₂CO₃ and a solvent such as N-methyl pyrrolidone gives compounds of formula (I).

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 22b, compounds of formula (I) wherein R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are as defined above, alkyl is C₁₋₄alkyl such as methyl or ethyl, e.g. methyl, and for example, R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃-heterocycloalkyl ring may be prepared starting from a general intermediate of formula (LXXX). Intermediates such as (LXXXI) may be obtained by subjecting compounds such as (LXXX) and (III) to reductive amination conditions such as those described in Scheme 20. Thioethers of the general formula (LXXXI) may be transformed to sulfoxides or sulfones (LXXXII) in the presence of an oxidising agent such as mCPBA. Displacement of the sulfone group with a primary sulphonamide (VI) in the presence of a base such as Cs₂CO₃ and a solvent such as N-methyl pyrrolidone gives compounds of formula (I).

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 23, compounds of formula (I) wherein R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are as defined above, alkyl is C₁₋₄alkyl such as methyl or ethyl, e.g. methyl, and for example, R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be prepared starting from chloro-pyrimidine (LXXV). Intermediates (XXXVII) are coupled to chloro-pyrimidine (LXXV) in the presence of a base such as LHMDS to give intermediates (LXXVI). Thioethers of the general formula (LXXVI) may then be transformed to compounds of formula (I) following the route described in Scheme 9a.

In general and as illustrated in Scheme 24, compounds of formula (I) wherein R₁, Ar1 and Ar2 are as defined above, R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring may be prepared starting from alcohols (LXXI), which as oxidised to aldehydes (LXXII) in the presence of MnO₂ in a non-protic solvent such as DCM. Reductive coupling of amine (LXXIX) and aldehyde (LXXII) in the presence of a hydride source such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride in an aprotic solvent such as DCM in the presence of a proton source such as acetic acid affords compounds of formula (I) following the route described in Scheme 24.

Compounds of formula (I) wherein A is —NH— and R₄ or R₅ is H may be prepared by reductive coupling of the appropriate amine and aldehyde in the presence of a hydride source such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride.

The skilled person will appreciate that compounds of formula (I) wherein B is

may be synthesised using methods analogous to those shown in the schemes above or those provided in WO2019/106156 and WO2019/106146.

Certain thiazole starting materials are commercially available. Alternatively, the thiazole group may be introduced using the following method:

Compounds of general formula (I), where R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, R₆, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, Ar1 and Ar2 are defined above, may be synthesised by the general scheme (Scheme 26). Ketoesters of formula (VII′) may be prepared by alkylation of an unsubstituted ketoester, which is well established in the literature with many simple derivatives being commercially available. Intermediates of formula (V′) are readily prepared from ketoesters of formula (VII′) using a two step procedure. Firstly, bromination using bromine or pyrimidium tribromide can afford the alpha bromoketone ester. This intermediate may be isolated but is routinely used directly without characterisation or purification in the subsequent step. Thiourea (VIII′) may be added to form thiazoles of the formula (V′) via cyclisation. Such reactions may be subject to gentle heating to, for example, 40° C.

The compound intermediates of formula (IV′) can be obtained by sulfonylation of amines of formula (V′) with a suitable sulfonyl chloride (VI′) in pyridine. Such reactions may be subject to gentle heating to, for example, 30-60° C.

The alkyl esters of formula (IV′) may be conveniently hydrolysed by exposure to a suitable inorganic base, for example lithium hydroxide, in an aqueous mixture of aprotic and protic solvents, such as THF:methanol:water. Such reactions may be subject to gentle heating to, for example, 30-50° C.

Compounds of formula (I) may be obtained by a general process whereby a carboxylic acid precursor (II′), or a suitably protected derivative thereof, is reacted with an activating agent, to generate a reactive, electrophilic carboxylic acid derivative, followed by subsequent reaction with an amine of formula (III′), or a suitably protected derivative thereof. It will be understood by persons skilled in the art that, in some instances, the activated carboxylic acid derivative, such as an acid chloride, may be isolated or in other cases may be a transient intermediate that is not isolated, but generated in situ and used directly. Reagents suitable for the activation of the carboxylate group include carbonyl diimidazole, 1-chloro-N,N,2-trimethylprop-1-en-1-amine (Ghosez reagent) and a wide selection of peptide coupling agents such as 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluoro-phosphate (HATU) and the like. Such reactions are conveniently carried out in a non-polar, aprotic solvent, such as DCM at or below ambient temperature.

If R_(3′)=H in compounds of the general formula (I), substitution can be undertaken using a halogenating reagent, such as N-chlorosuccinimide, in an organic solvent such as MeCN to generate compounds of the general formula (I) wherein R_(3′)=Cl.

Intermediates of the Invention

The present invention also relates to novel intermediates in the synthesis of compounds of formula (I) such as compounds of formula (II) to (LVIX) such as compounds of formula (II) to (XXV), such as compounds of formula (II)-(XX). Particular intermediates of interest are those of the following general formulae, wherein the variable groups and associated preferences are as defined previously for compounds of formula (I):

-   -   a compound of formula (II):

wherein R is H, C₁₋₆alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl) or benzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XX):

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XXIV):

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XXXXII):

-   -   a compound of formula (LVIII):

Also provided are intermediates of the following formulae:

-   -   a compound of formula (XX-a):

-   -   a compound of formula (XX-b):

-   -   a compound of formula (XX-c):

-   -   a compound of formula (XX-d):

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl.

Also provided are intermediates of the following formulae:

-   -   a compound of formula:

such as

wherein R is H, C₁₋₆alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl) or benzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XX):

such as

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XX-a):

such as

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XX-b):

such as

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XX-c):

such as

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl; and

-   -   a compound of formula (XX-d):

such as

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XXIV):

such as

wherein P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl;

-   -   a compound of formula (XXXXII):

such as

and

-   -   a compound of formula (LVIII):

such as

Included as an aspect of the invention are all novel intermediates described in the examples.

Included as an aspect of the invention are salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts of any one of the intermediates disclosed herein, such as any one of compounds of formulae (II), (XX) (including (XX-a) to (XX-d)), (XXIV), (XXXXII) and (LVIII). Also provided are compounds of formula (IV′).

Therapeutic Methods

Compounds of formula (I) of the present invention have utility as inhibitors of CTPS1.

Therefore, the invention also provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof, for use as a medicament, in particular in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder wherein an inhibitor of CTPS1 is beneficial, for example those diseases and disorders mentioned herein below.

The invention provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder wherein an inhibitor of CTPS1 is beneficial, for example those diseases and disorders mentioned herein below, which comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof.

The invention also provides the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof (e.g. salt) and/or derivative, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder wherein an inhibitor of CTPS1 is beneficial, for example those diseases and disorders mentioned herein below.

More suitably, the disease or disorder wherein an inhibitor of CTPS1 is beneficial is a disease or disorder wherein a reduction in T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation would be beneficial.

The invention also provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof, for use in the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject.

The invention provides a method for the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject, which comprises administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof.

The invention also provides the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof (e.g. salt) and/or derivative, in the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject.

The invention also provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof, for use in the reduction of T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation in a subject.

The invention provides a method for the reduction of T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation in a subject, which comprises administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof.

The invention also provides the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof (e.g. salt) and/or derivative, in the manufacture of a medicament for the reduction of T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation in a subject.

More suitably, the disease or disorder wherein an inhibitor of CTPS1 is beneficial is a disease or disorder wherein a reduction in T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation would be beneficial.

The term ‘treatment’ or ‘treating’ as used herein includes the control, mitigation, reduction, or modulation of the disease state or its symptoms.

The term ‘prophylaxis’ or ‘preventing’ is used herein to mean preventing symptoms of a disease or disorder in a subject or preventing recurrence of symptoms of a disease or disorder in an afflicted subject and is not limited to complete prevention of an affliction.

Suitably, the disease or disorder is selected from rejection of transplanted cells and tissues, Graft-related diseases or disorders, allergies and autoimmune diseases.

In one embodiment the disease or disorder is the rejection of transplanted cells and tissues. The subject may have been transplanted with a graft selected from the group consisting of heart, kidney, lung, liver, pancreas, pancreatic islets, brain tissue, stomach, large intestine, small intestine, cornea, skin, trachea, bone, bone marrow (or any other source of hematopoietic precursor cells and stem cells including hematopoietic cells mobilized from bone marrow into peripheral blood or umbilical cord blood cells), muscle, or bladder. The compounds of the invention may be of use in preventing or suppressing an immune response associated with rejection of a donor tissue, cell, graft or organ transplant in a subject.

In a further embodiment the disease or disorder is a Graft-related disease or disorder. Graft-related diseases or disorders include graft versus host disease (GVHD), such as GVHD associated with bone marrow transplantation, and immune disorders resulting from or associated with rejection of organ, tissue, or cell graft transplantation (e.g., tissue or cell allografts or xenografts), including, e.g., grafts of skin, muscle, neurons, islets, organs, parenchymal cells of the liver, etc, and Host-Versus-Graft-Disease (HVGD). The compounds of the invention may be of use in preventing or suppressing acute rejection of such transplant in the recipient and/or for long-term maintenance therapy to prevent rejection of such transplant in the recipient (e.g., inhibiting rejection of insulin-producing islet cell transplant from a donor in the subject recipient suffering from diabetes). Thus, the compounds of the invention have utility in preventing Host-Versus-Graft-Disease (HVGD) and Graft-Versus-Host-Disease (GVHD).

A CTPS1 inhibitor may be administered to the subject before, after transplantation and/or during transplantation. In some embodiments, the CTPS1 inhibitor may be administered to the subject on a periodic basis before and/or after transplantation.

In another embodiment, the disease or disorder is an allergy.

In additional embodiments the immune related disease or disorder is an autoimmune disease. As used herein, an “autoimmune disease” is a disease or disorder directed at a subject's own tissues. Examples of autoimmune diseases include, but are not limited to Addison's Disease, Adult-onset Still's disease, Alopecia Areata, Alzheimer's disease, Anti-neutrophil Cytoplasmic Antibodies (ANCA)-Associated Vasculitis, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Anti-phospholipid Syndrome (Hughes' Syndrome), Aplastic Anemia, Arthritis, Asthma, Atherosclerosis, Atherosclerotic plaque, Atopic Dermatitis, Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia, Autoimmune Hepatitis, Autoimmune Hypophysitis (Lymphocytic Hypophysitis), Autoimmune Inner Ear Disease, Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative Syndrome, Autoimmune Myocarditis, Autoimmune Neutropenia, Autoimmune Oophoritis, Autoimmune Orchitis, Auto-Inflammatory Diseases requiring an immunosuppressive treatment, Azoospermia, Bechet's Disease, Berger's Disease, Bullous Pemphigoid, Cardiomyopathy, Cardiovascular disease, Celiac disease including Refractory Celiac Disease (type I and type II), Chronic Fatigue Immune Dysfunction Syndrome (CFIDS), Chronic Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIPD), Chronic Relapsing Polyneuropathy (Guillain-Barre syndrome), Churg-Strauss Syndrome (CSS), Cicatricial Pemphigoid, Cold Agglutinin Disease (CAD), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), CREST Syndrome, Cryoglobulin Syndromes, Cutaneous Lupus, Dermatitis Herpetiformis, Dermatomyositis, Eczema, Epidermolysis Bullosa Acquisita, Essential Mixed Cryoglobulinemia, Evan's Syndrome, Exophthalmos, Fibromyalgia, Goodpasture's Syndrome, Grave's disease, Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis (HLH) (including Type 1 Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis), Histiocytosis/Histiocytic Disorders, Hashimoto's Thyroiditis, Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis, Idiopathic Thrombocytopenia Purpura (ITP), IgA Nephropathy, Immunoproliferative Diseases or Disorders, Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), Interstitial Lung Disease, Juvenile Arthritis, Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis (JIA), Kawasaki's Disease, Lambert-Eaton Myasthenic Syndrome, Lichen Planus, Localized Scleroderma, Lupus Nephritis, Meniere's Disease, Microangiopathic Hemoytic Anemia, Microscopic Polyangitis, Miller Fischer Syndrome/Acute Disseminated Encephalomyeloradiculopathy, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease, Multiple Sclerosis (MS), Muscular Rheumatism, Myalgic Encephalomyelitis (ME), Myasthenia Gravis, Ocular Inflammation, Pemphigus Foliaceus, Pemphigus Vulgaris, Pernicious Anemia, Polyarteritis Nodosa, Polychondritis, Polyglandular Syndromes (Whitaker's syndrome), Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Polymyositis, Primary Agammaglobulinemia, Primary Biliary Cirrhosis/Autoimmune Cholangiopathy, Primary Glomerulonephritis, Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis, Psoriasis, Psoriatic Arthritis, Pure Red Cell Anemia, Raynaud's Phenomenon, Reiter's Syndrome/Reactive Arthritis, Relapsing Polychondritis, Restenosis, Rheumatic Fever, Rheumatic Disease, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Sarcoidosis, Schmidt's Syndrome, Scleroderma/Systemic Sclerosis, Sjörgen's Syndrome, Stiff-Man Syndrome, The Sweet Syndrome (Febrile Neutrophilic Dermatosis), Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE), Systemic Scleroderma, Takayasu Arteritis, Temporal Arteritis/Giant Cell Arteritis, Thyroiditis, Type 1 diabetes, Type 2 diabetes, Uveitis, Vasculitis, Vitiligo, Wegener's Granulomatosis, and X-linked lymphoproliferative disease.

Of particular interest are diseases and disorders which are mainly driven by T-cell activation and proliferation, including:

-   -   diseases and disorders which are not linked to alloreactivity         including:         -   Alopecia areata, atopic dermatitis, eczema, psoriasis,             lichen planus, psoriatic arthritis, vitiligo;         -   Uveitis;         -   Ankylosing spondylitis, Reiter's syndrome/reactive             arthritis;         -   Aplastic anemia, autoimmune lymphoproliferative             syndrome/disorders, hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis;         -   Type 1 diabetes; and         -   Refractory celiac disease;     -   Acute rejection of grafted tissues and transplanted organs;         acute graft versus host disease (GVHD) after transplantation of         bone marrow cells or any other source of allogenic cells         including hematopoietic precursors cells and/or stem cells.

Also of interest are diseases and disorders which are driven by both T- and B-cell activation and proliferation, with an important involvement of B-cells, including:

-   -   diseases and disorders for which the involvement of pathogenic         auto-antibodies is well characterized, including:         -   Allergy;         -   Cicatricial pemphigoid, bullous pemphigoid, epidermolysis             bullosa acquisita, pemphigus foliaceus, pemphigus vulgaris,             dermatitis herpetiformis;         -   ANCA-associated vasculitis and microscopic polyangitis,             vasculitis, Wegener's granulomatosis; Churg-Strauss syndrome             (CSS), polyarteritis nodosa, cryoglobulin syndromes and             essential mixed cryglobulinemia;         -   Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), antiphospholipid             syndrome (Hughes' syndrome), cutaneous lupus, lupus             nephritis, mixed connective tissue disease;         -   Thyroiditis, Hashimoto thyroiditis, Grave's disease,             exophthalmos;         -   Autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune neutropenia, ITP,             pernicious anaemia, pure red cell anaemia, micro-angiopathic             hemolytic anemia;         -   Primary glomerulonephritis, Berger's disease, Goodpasture's             syndrome, IgA nephropathy; and         -   Chronic idiopathic polyneuritis, chronic inflammatory             demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIPD), chronic relapsing             polyneuropathy (Guillain-Barre syndrome), Miller Fischer             syndrome, Stiff man syndrome, Lambert-Eaton myasthenic             syndrome, myasthenia gravis.     -   diseases and disorders for which the involvement of B-cells is         less clearly characterized (although sometimes illustrated by         the efficacy of anti-CD20 monoclonal antibodies or intravenous         immunoglobulin infusions) and may not correspond or be limited         to the production of pathogenic antibodies (nevertheless,         non-pathogenic antibodies are sometimes described or even often         present and used as a diagnosis biomarker), including:         -   Addison's disease, autoimmune oophoritis and azoospermia,             polyglandular syndromes (Whitaker's syndrome), Schmidt's             syndrome;         -   Autoimmune myocarditis, cardiomyopathy, Kawasaki's disease;         -   Rheumatoid arthritis, Sjögren's syndrome, mixed connective             tissue disease, polymyositis and dermatomyositis;             polychondritis;         -   Primary glomerulonephritis;         -   Multiple sclerosis;         -   Autoimmune hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis/autoimmune             cholangiopathy,         -   Hyper acute rejection of transplanted organs;         -   Chronic rejection of graft or transplants;         -   Chronic Graft versus Host reaction/disease after             transplantation of bone marrow cells or hematopoietic             precursor cells.

Additionally of interest are diseases and disorders for which the mechanism is shared between activation/proliferation of T-cells and activation/proliferation of innate immune cells and other inflammatory cellular subpopulations (including myeloid cells such as macrophages or granulocytes) and resident cells (such as fibroblasts and endothelial cells), including:

-   -   COPD, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, interstitial lung disease,         sarcoidosis;     -   Adult onset Still's disease, juvenile idiopathic arthritis,         Systemic sclerosis, CREST syndrome where B cells and pathogen         antibodies may also play a role; the Sweet syndrome; Takayasu         arteritis, temporal arteritis/giant cell arteritis;     -   Ulcerative cholangitis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD)         including Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, primary         sclerosing cholangitis.

Also of interest are diseases and disorders for which the mechanism remains poorly characterized but involves the activation and proliferation of T-cells, including:

-   -   Alzheimer's disease, cardiovascular syndrome, type 2 diabetes,         restenosis, chronic fatigue immune dysfunction syndrome (CFIDS).     -   Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative disorders, including:     -   Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative Syndrome and X-linked         lymphoproliferative disease.

Suitably the disease or disorder is selected from: inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis or lichen planus; acute and/or chronic GVHD such as steroid resistant acute GVHD; acute lymphoproliferative syndrome; systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis or cutaneous lupus; or transplantation. In addition, the disease or disorder may be selected from myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, and scleroderma/systemic sclerosis.

The compounds of formula (I) may be used in the treatment of cancer.

Thus, in one embodiment there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, for use in the treatment of cancer.

Further, there is provided a method for treating cancer in a subject, by administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.

Additionally provided is the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer in a subject.

Suitably the cancer is a haematological cancer, such as Acute myeloid leukemia, Angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma, B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, Sweet Syndrome, T-cell Non-Hodgkins lymphoma (including natural killer/T-cell lymphoma, adult T-cell leukaemia/lymphoma, enteropathy type T-cell lymphoma, hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma and cutaneous T-cell lymphoma), T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell Non-Hodgkins lymphoma (including Burkitt lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, Follicular lymphoma, Mantle cell lymphoma, Marginal Zone lymphoma), Hairy Cell Leukemia, Hodgkin lymphoma, Lymphoblastic lymphoma, Lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma, Multiple myeloma, Myelodysplastic syndrome, Plasma cell myeloma, Primary mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma, chronic myeloproliferative disorders (such as chronic myeloid leukemia, primary myelofibrosis, essential thrombocytemia, polycytemia vera) or chronic lymphocytic leukemia.

Suitably, the haematological cancer is Peripheral T-cell Lymphoma, such as T-cell prolymphocytic leukaemia, T-cell large granular lymphocytic leukaemia, Aggressive NK cell leukaemia, Systemic Epstein-Barr virus positive T-cell lymphoma disease of childhood, Hydroa vaccineforme-like lymphoma, Adult T-cell leukaemia/lymphoma, Extranodal NK/T-cell lymphoma, nasal type, Enteropathy-associated T-cell lymphoma, Hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma, Subcutaneous panniculitis-like T-cell lymphoma, Mycosis fungoides, Sezary syndrome, Primary cutaneous anaplastic large cell lymphoma, Primary cutaneous aggressive epidermotropic CD8+ T-cell lymphoma, Primary cutaneous γδ T-cell lymphoma, Primary cutaneous small/medium CD4+ T-cell lymphoma, Anaplastic large cell lymphoma, anaplastic large cell lymphoma kinase-positive, Anaplastic large cell lymphoma, anaplastic large cell lymphoma kinase-negative, and other recognised sub-types.

Alternatively, the cancer is a non-haematological cancer, such as selected from the group consisting of bladder cancer, breast, melanoma, neuroblastoma, malignant pleural mesothelioma, and sarcoma.

In addition, compounds of formula (I) may be used in enhancing recovery from vascular injury or surgery and reducing morbidity and mortality associated with neointima and restenosis in a subject. For example, the compounds of formula (I) may be used in preventing, reducing, or inhibiting neointima formation. A medical device may be treated prior to insertion or implantation with an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of formula (I) in order to prevent, reduce, or inhibit neointima formation following insertion or implantation of the device or graft into the subject. The device can be a device that is inserted into the subject transiently, or a device that is implanted permanently. In some embodiments, the device is a surgical device. Examples of medical devices include, but are not limited to, needles, cannulas, catheters, shunts, balloons, and implants such as stents and valves.

Suitably the subject is a mammal, in particular the subject is a human.

Pharmaceutical Compositions

For use in therapy the compounds of the invention are usually administered as a pharmaceutical composition. The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

In one embodiment, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof, for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder as described herein.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a method for the prophylaxis or treatment of a disease or disorder as described herein, which comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof.

The invention also provides the use of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder as described herein.

The compounds of formula (I) or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or solvates and/or derivatives thereof may be administered by any convenient method, e.g. by oral, parenteral, buccal, sublingual, nasal, rectal or transdermal administration, and the pharmaceutical compositions adapted accordingly.

The compounds of formula (I) or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or solvates and/or derivatives thereof may be administered topically, for example to the eye, gut or skin. Thus, in an embodiment there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention optionally in combination with one or more topically acceptable diluents or carriers.

A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be delivered topically to the skin. Compositions suitable for transdermal administration include ointments, gels and patches. Such a pharmaceutical composition may also suitably be in the form of a cream, lotion, foam, powder, paste or tincture.

The pharmaceutical composition may suitably include vitamin D3 analogues (e.g. calcipotriol and maxacalcitol), steroids (e.g. fluticasone propionate, betamethasone valerate and clobetasol propionate), retinoids (e.g. tazarotene), coal tar and dithranol. Topical medicaments are often used in combination with each other (e.g. a vitamin D3 and a steroid) or with further agents such as salicylic acid.

A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be delivered topically to the eye. Such a pharmaceutical composition may suitably be in the form of eye drops or an ointment.

A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be delivered topically to the gut. Such a pharmaceutical composition may suitably be delivered orally, such as in the form of a tablet or a capsule, or rectally, such as in the form of a suppository.

Suitably, delayed release formulations are in the form of a capsule.

The compounds of formula (I) or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or solvates and/or derivatives thereof which are active when given orally can be formulated as liquids or solids, e.g. as syrups, suspensions, emulsions, tablets, capsules or lozenges.

A liquid formulation will generally consist of a suspension or solution of the active ingredient (such as a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof) in a suitable liquid carrier(s) e.g. an aqueous solvent such as water, ethanol or glycerine, or a non-aqueous solvent, such as polyethylene glycol or an oil. The formulation may also contain a suspending agent, preservative, flavouring and/or colouring agent.

A composition in the form of a tablet can be prepared using any suitable pharmaceutical carrier(s) routinely used for preparing solid formulations, such as magnesium stearate, starch, lactose, sucrose and cellulose.

A composition in the form of a capsule can be prepared using routine encapsulation procedures, e.g. pellets containing the active ingredient (such as a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof) can be prepared using standard carriers and then filled into a hard gelatin capsule; alternatively a dispersion or suspension can be prepared using any suitable pharmaceutical carrier(s), e.g. aqueous gums, celluloses, silicates or oils and the dispersion or suspension then filled into a soft gelatin capsule.

Typical parenteral compositions consist of a solution or suspension of the active ingredient (such as a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate (e.g. salt) and/or derivative thereof) in a sterile aqueous carrier or parenterally acceptable oil, e.g. polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, lecithin, arachis oil or sesame oil. Alternatively, the solution can be lyophilised and then reconstituted with a suitable solvent just prior to administration.

Compositions for nasal administration may conveniently be formulated as aerosols, drops, gels and powders. Aerosol formulations typically comprise a solution or fine suspension of the active ingredient in a pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous or non-aqueous solvent and are usually presented in single or multidose quantities in sterile form in a sealed container which can take the form of a cartridge or refill for use with an atomising device. Alternatively the sealed container may be a disposable dispensing device such as a single dose nasal inhaler or an aerosol dispenser fitted with a metering valve. Where the dosage form comprises an aerosol dispenser, it will contain a propellant which can be a compressed gas e.g. air, or an organic propellant such as a fluoro-chloro-hydrocarbon or hydrofluorocarbon. Aerosol dosage forms can also take the form of pump-atomisers.

Compositions suitable for buccal or sublingual administration include tablets, lozenges and pastilles where the active ingredient is formulated with a carrier such as sugar and acacia, tragacanth, or gelatin and glycerin.

Compositions for rectal administration are conveniently in the form of suppositories containing a conventional suppository base such as cocoa butter.

Suitably, the composition is in unit dose form such as a tablet, capsule or ampoule.

The composition may for example contain from 0.1% to 100% by weight, for example from 10 to 60% by weight, of the active material, depending on the method of administration. The composition may contain from 0% to 99% by weight, for example 40% to 90% by weight, of the carrier, depending on the method of administration. The composition may contain from 0.05 mg to 2000 mg, for example from 1.0 mg to 500 mg, of the active material, depending on the method of administration. The composition may contain from 50 mg to 1000 mg, for example from 100 mg to 400 mg of the carrier, depending on the method of administration. The dose of the compound used in the treatment or prophylaxis of the aforementioned disorders will vary in the usual way with the seriousness of the disorders, the weight of the sufferer, and other similar factors. However, as a general guide suitable unit doses may be 0.05 mg to 1000 mg, more suitably 1.0 mg to 500 mg, and such unit doses may be administered more than once a day, for example two or three a day. Such therapy may extend for a number of weeks or months.

The invention provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable, salt, solvate and/or derivative thereof (e.g. a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof) together with a further pharmaceutically acceptable active ingredient or ingredients.

The invention provides a compound of formula (I), for use in combination with a further pharmaceutically acceptable active ingredient or ingredients.

When the compounds are used in combination with other therapeutic agents, the compounds may be administered separately, sequentially or simultaneously by any convenient route.

Optimal combinations may depend on the disease or disorder. Possible combinations include those with one or more active agents selected from the list consisting of: 5-aminosalicylic acid, or a prodrug thereof (such as sulfasalazine, olsalazine or bisalazide); corticosteroids (e.g. prednisolone, methylprednisolone, or budesonide); immunosuppressants (e.g. cyclosporin, tacrolimus, sirolimus, methotrexate, azathioprine mycophenolate mofetil, leflunomide, cyclophosphamide, 6-mercaptopurine or anti-lymphocyte (or thymocyte) globulins); anti-TNF-alpha antibodies (e.g., infliximab, adalimumab, certolizumab pegol or golimumab); anti-IL12/lL23 antibodies (e.g., ustekinumab); anti-IL6 or anti-IL6R antibodies, anti-IL17 antibodies or small molecule IL12/IL23 inhibitors (e.g., apilimod); Anti-alpha-4-beta-7 antibodies (e.g., vedolizumab); MAdCAM-1 blockers (e.g., PF-00547659); antibodies against the cell adhesion molecule alpha-4-integrin (e.g., natalizumab); antibodies against the IL2 receptor alpha subunit (e.g., daclizumab or basiliximab); JAK inhibitors including JAK1 and JAK3 inhibitors (e.g., tofacitinib, baricitinib, R348); Syk inhibitors and prodrugs thereof (e.g., fostamatinib and R-406); Phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors (e.g., tetomilast); HMPL-004; probiotics; Dersalazine; semapimod/CPSI-2364; and protein kinase C inhibitors (e.g. AEB-071).

For cancer, the further pharmaceutically acceptable active ingredient may be selected from anti-mitotic agents such as vinblastine, paclitaxel and docetaxel; alkylating agents, for example cisplatin, carboplatin, dacarbazine and cyclophosphamide; antimetabolites, for example 5-fluorouracil, cytosine arabinoside and hydroxyurea; intercalating agents for example adriamycin and bleomycin; topoisomerase inhibitors for example etoposide, topotecan and irinotecan; thymidylate synthase inhibitors for example raltitrexed; PI3 kinase inhibitors for example idelalisib; mTor inhibitors for example everolimus and temsirolimus; proteasome inhibitors for example bortezomib; histone deacetylase inhibitors for example panobinostat or vorinostat; and hedgehog pathway blockers such as vismodegib.

The further pharmaceutically acceptable active ingredient may be selected from tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as, for example, axitinib, dasatinib, erlotinib, imatinib, nilotinib, pazopanib and sunitinib.

Anticancer antibodies may be included in a combination therapy and may be selected from the group consisting of olaratumab, daratumumab, necitumumab, dinutuximab, traztuzumab emtansine, pertuzumab, obinutuzumab, brentuximab, ofatumumab, panitumumab, catumaxomab, bevacizumab, cetuximab, tositumomab, traztuzumab, gentuzumab ozogamycin and rituximab.

Compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be used in combination with radiotherapy.

Some of the combinations referred to above may conveniently be presented for use in the form of a pharmaceutical formulation and thus pharmaceutical formulations comprising a combination as defined above together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient comprise a further aspect of the invention. The individual components of such combinations may be administered either sequentially or simultaneously in separate or combined pharmaceutical formulations. The individual components of combinations may also be administered separately, through the same or different routes.

When a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof is used in combination with a second therapeutic agent active against the same disease state the dose of each compound may differ from that when the compound is used alone. Appropriate doses will be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art.

Medical Devices

In an embodiment, compounds of the invention or pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds may be formulated to permit incorporation into the medical device, thus providing application of the compound or composition directly to the site to prevent or treat conditions disclosed herein.

In an embodiment, the compounds of the invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof is formulated by including it within a coating onto the medical device. There are various coatings that can be utilized such as, for example, polymer coatings that can release the compound over a prescribed time period. The compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, can be embedded directly within the medical device. In some embodiments, the compound is coated onto or within the device in a delivery vehicle such as a microparticle or liposome that facilitates its release and delivery. In some embodiments, the compound or pharmaceutical composition is miscible in the coating.

In some embodiments, the medical device is a vascular implant such as a stent. Stents are utilized in medicine to prevent or eliminate vascular restrictions. The implants may be inserted into a restricted vessel whereby the restricted vessel is widened. Excessive growth of the adjacent cells following vascular implantation results in a restriction of the vessel particularly at the ends of the implants which results in reduced effectiveness of the implants. If a vascular implant is inserted into a human artery for the elimination of for example an arteriosclerotic stenosis, intima hyperplasia can occur within a year at the ends of the vascular implant and results in renewed stenosis (“restenosis”).

Accordingly, in some embodiments, the stents are coated or loaded with a composition including a compound of the invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally a targeting signal, a delivery vehicle, or a combination thereof. Many stents are commercially available or otherwise know in the art.

In some embodiments, the stent is a drug-eluting stent. Various drug eluting stents that simultaneously deliver a therapeutic substance to the treatment site while providing artificial radial support to the wall tissue are known in the art. Endoluminal devices including stents are sometimes coated on their outer surfaces with a substance such as a drug releasing agent, growth factor, or the like. Stents have also been developed having a hollow tubular structure with holes or ports cut through the sidewall to allow drug elution from a central lumen. Although the hollow nature of the stent allows the central lumen to be loaded with a drug solution that is delivered via the ports or holes in the sidewall of the stent, the hollow tubular structure may not have suitable mechanical strength to provide adequate scaffolding in the vessel.

In some embodiments, the devices are also coated or impregnated with a compound of the invention, or pharmaceutical composition thereof and one or more additional therapeutic agents, including, but not limited to, antiplatelet agents, anticoagulant agents, anti-inflammatory agents, antimicrobial agents, antimetabolic agents, additional anti-neointima agents, additional antiproliferative agents, immunomodulators, antiproliferative agents, agents that affect migration and extracellular matrix production, agents that affect platelet deposition or formation of thrombis, and agents that promote vascular healing and re-endothelialization, such as those and others described in Sousa et al. (2003) and Salu et al. (2004).

Examples of antithrombin agents include, but are not limited to, Heparin (including low molecular heparin), R-Hirudin, Hirulog, Argatroban, Efegatran, Tick anticoagulant peptide, and Ppack.

Examples of antiproliferative agents include, but are not limited to, Paclitaxel (Taxol), QP-2 Vincristin, Methotrexat, Angiopeptin, Mitomycin, BCP 678, Antisense c-myc, ABT 578, Actinomycin-D, RestenASE, 1-Chlor-deoxyadenosin, PCNA Ribozym, and Celecoxib.

Examples of anti-restenosis agents include, but are not limited to, immunomodulators such as Sirolimus (Rapamycin), Tacrolimus, Biorest, Mizoribin, Cyclosporin, Interferon-γ Ib, Leflunomid, Tranilast, Corticosteroide, Mycophenolic acid and Biphosphonate.

Examples of anti-migratory agents and extracellular matrix modulators include, but are not limited to Halofuginone, Propyl-hydroxylase-Inhibitors, C-Proteinase-Inhibitors, MMP-Inhibitors, Batimastat, Probucol.

Examples of antiplatelet agents include, but are not limited to, heparin.

Examples of wound healing agents and endothelialization promoters include vascular epithelial growth factor (“VEGF”), 17-Estradiol, Tkase-Inhibitors, BCP 671, Statins, nitric oxide (“NO”)-Donors, and endothelial progenitor cell (“EPC”)-antibodies.

Besides coronary applications, drugs and active agents may be incorporated into the stent or stent coating for other indications. For example, in urological applications, antibiotic agents may be incorporated into the stent or stent coating for the prevention of infection. In gastroenterological and urological applications, active agents may be incorporated into the stent or stent coating for the local treatment of carcinoma. It may also be advantageous to incorporate in or on the stent a contrast agent, radiopaque markers, or other additives to allow the stent to be imaged in vivo for tracking, positioning, and other purposes. Such additives could be added to the absorbable composition used to make the stent or stent coating, or absorbed into, melted onto, or sprayed onto the surface of part or all of the stent. Preferred additives for this purpose include silver, iodine and iodine labelled compounds, barium sulfate, gadolinium oxide, bismuth derivatives, zirconium dioxide, cadmium, tungsten, gold tantalum, bismuth, platinum, iridium, and rhodium. These additives may be, but are not limited to, micro- or nano-sized particles or nano particles. Radio-opacity may be determined by fluoroscopy or by x-ray analysis.

A compound of the invention and one or more additional agents, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, can be incorporated into the stent, either by loading the compound and one or more additional agents, or pharmaceutical composition thereof into the absorbable material prior to processing, and/or coating the surface of the stent with the agent(s). The rate of release of agent may be controlled by a number of methods including varying the following: the ratio of the absorbable material to the compound and one or more additional agents, or pharmaceutical composition, the molecular weight of the absorbable material, the composition of the compound and one or more additional agents, or pharmaceutical composition, the composition of the absorbable polymer, the coating thickness, the number of coating layers and their relative thicknesses, and/or the compound and one or more additional agents, or pharmaceutical composition concentration. Top coats of polymers and other materials, including absorbable polymers, may also be applied to active agent coatings to control the rate of release. For example, P4HB can be applied as a top coat on a metallic stent coated with P4HB including an active agent to retard the release of the active agent.

The invention is further exemplified by the following non-limiting examples.

EXAMPLES

Abbreviations used herein are defined below. Any abbreviations not defined are intended to convey their generally accepted meaning.

Abbreviations

-   -   Ac acetyl (C(O)CH₃)     -   AcOH glacial acetic acid     -   AlMe₃ trimethylaluminium     -   aq aqueous     -   Ar Aromatic ring     -   BEH ethylene bridged hybrid     -   Bispin Bis(pinacolato)diboron;         4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-Octamethyl-2,2′-bi-1,3,2-dioxaborolane     -   Bz benzyl (CH₂-phenyl)     -   Boc tert-butyloxycarbonyl protecting group     -   Cs₂CO₃ Cesium carbonate     -   CSH charged surface hybrid     -   d doublet     -   DABAL-Me₃ adduct of trimethylaluminum and         1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane     -   DCM dichloromethane     -   DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine     -   dioxane 1,4-dioxane     -   DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine     -   DME dimethoxyethane     -   DMF N,N-dimethylformamide     -   DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide     -   DMP Dess-Martin Periodinane     -   DPPA diphenylphosphoryl azide     -   dppf 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene     -   (ES⁺) electrospray ionisation, positive mode     -   (ES⁻) electrospray ionisation, negative mode     -   ESI electrospray ionisation     -   Et ethyl     -   EtI Ethyl iodide     -   EtOAc ethyl acetate     -   EtOH ethanol     -   g grams     -   Hal halogen     -   HATU         1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium         3-oxid hexafluorophosphate     -   HPLC high performance liquid chromatography     -   hr(s) hour(s)     -   IC₅₀ 50% inhibitory concentration     -   iPr iso-propyl     -   iPrMgCl iso-propyl magnesium chloride     -   K₂CO₃ potassium carbonate     -   LCMS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry     -   LHMDS lithium hexamethyldisilazide     -   LiOH lithium hydroxide     -   (M+H)⁺ protonated molecular ion     -   (M−H)⁻ unprotonated molecular ion     -   M molar concentration     -   mCPBA Meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid     -   mL millilitre     -   mm millimiter     -   mmol millimole     -   Me methyl     -   MeCN acetonitrile     -   Mel iodomethane     -   MeOH methanol     -   MesCl methanesulfonyl chloride     -   MHz megahertz     -   min(s) minute(s)     -   MSD mass selective detector     -   MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether     -   m/z mass-to-charge ratio     -   N₂ nitrogen gas     -   NH₃ ammonia     -   NH₄Cl ammonium chloride     -   NaH sodium hydride     -   NaHCO₃ sodium bicarbonate     -   NaBH(OAc)₃ Sodium triacetoxyborohydride     -   nm nanometre     -   NMR nuclear magnetic resonance (spectroscopy)     -   NSFI N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide     -   P4HB poly-4-hydroxybutyrate     -   PDA photodiode array     -   Pd 170         chloro(crotyl)(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropybiphenyl)palladium(II)         or XPhos Pd(crotyl)Cl     -   Pd 174         allyl(2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl)palladium(II)         triflate or [tBuXPhosPd(allyl)]OTf     -   [Pd(allyl)Cl₂]₂ bis(allyl)dichlorodipalladium     -   PdCl₂(dppf)         [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)     -   Pd(PPh₃)₄ tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)     -   PMB 4-methoxybenzyl     -   prep HPLC preparative high performance liquid chromatography     -   Ph phenyl     -   pos/neg positive/negative     -   q quartet     -   RF/MS RapidFire Mass Spectrometry     -   RT room temperature     -   Rt retention time     -   RP reverse phase     -   s singlet     -   S_(N)Ar nucleophilic aromatic substitution     -   sat saturated     -   SCX solid supported cation exchange (resin)     -   Selectfluor N-chloromethyl-N′-fluorotriethylenediammonium         bis(tetrafluoroborate)     -   t triplet     -   tBu tert-butyl     -   t-BuOK potassium tert-butoxide     -   T3P         2,4,6-tripropyl-1,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriphosphorinane-2,4,6-trioxide     -   TBME tert-butyl methyl ether     -   TFA Trifluoroacetic acid     -   [t-BuXPhos         allyl(2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-Pd(allyl)]OTf         biphenyl)palladium(II) triflate     -   THF tetrahydrofuran     -   TMP 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl     -   TMSOK potassium trimethylsilanolate     -   TTIP titanium tetraisopropoxide     -   UPLC ultra performance liquid chromatography     -   UV ultraviolet     -   v/v volume/volume     -   VWD variable wave detector     -   wt weight     -   um micrometre     -   uL microlitre     -   ° C. degrees Celsius

General Procedures

All starting materials and solvents were obtained either from commercial sources or prepared according to the literature. Unless otherwise stated all reactions were stirred. Organic solutions were routinely dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Hydrogenations were performed on a Thales H-cube flow reactor under the conditions stated.

Column chromatography was performed on pre-packed silica (230-400 mesh, 40-63 um) cartridges using the amount indicated. SCX was purchased from Supelco and treated with 1 M hydrochloric acid prior to use. Unless stated otherwise the reaction mixture to be purified was first diluted with MeOH and made acidic with a few drops of AcOH. This solution was loaded directly onto the SCX and washed with MeOH. The desired material was then eluted by washing with 0.7 M NH₃ in MeOH.

Preparative Reverse Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography

Prep HPLC

Acidic Prep

Waters X-Select CSH column C18, 5 um (19×50 mm), flow rate 28 mL min⁻¹ eluting with a H₂O-MeCN gradient containing 0.1% v/v formic acid over 6.5 min using UV detection at 254 nm.

Basic Prep

Waters X-Bridge Prep column C18, 5 um (19×50 mm), flow rate 28 mL min⁻¹ eluting with a 10 mM NH₄HCO₃-MeCN gradient over 6.5 min using UV detection at 254 nm.

Analytical Methods

Reverse Phase HPLC Conditions for the LCMS Analytical Methods

HPLC acidic: Acidic LCMS 4 minute (5-95%)

Analytical LCMS was carried out using a Waters X-Select CSH C18, 2.5 um, 4.6×30 mm column eluting with a gradient of 0.1% Formic acid in MeCN in 0.1% Formic acid in water. The gradient from 5-95% 0.1% Formic acid in MeCN occurs between 0.00-3.00 minutes at 2.5 mL/min with a flush from 3.01-3.5 minutes at 4.5 mL/min. A column re-equilibration to 5% MeCN is from 3.60-4.00 minutes at 2.5 mL/min. UV spectra of the eluted peaks were measured using an Agilent 1260 Infinity VWD at 254 nm. Mass spectra were measured using an Agilent 6120 MSD running with positive/negative switching.

HPLC basic: Basic LCMS 4 minute (5-95%)

Analytical LCMS was carried out using a Waters X-Select BEH C18, 2.5 um, 4.6×30 mm column eluting with a gradient of MeCN in aqueous 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate. The gradient from 5-95% MeCN occurs between 0.00-3.00 minutes at 2.5 mL/min with a flush from 3.01-3.5 minutes at 4.5 mL/min. A column re-equilibration to 5% MeCN is from 3.60-4.00 minutes at 2.5 mL/min. UV spectra of the eluted peaks were measured using an Agilent 1260 Infinity VWD at 254 nm. Mass spectra were measured using an Agilent 6120 MSD running with positive/negative switching.

Reverse Phase HPLC Conditions for the UPLC Analytical Methods

UPLC acidic: Acidic UPLC 3 minute

Analytical UPLC/MS was carried out using a Waters Acquity CSH C18, 1.7 um, 2.1×30 mm column eluting with a gradient of 0.1% Formic acid in MeCN in 0.1% Formic acid in water. The gradient is structured with a starting point of 5% MeCN held from 0.0-0.11 minutes. The gradient from 5-95% occurs between 0.11-2.15 minutes with a flush from 2.15-2.56 minutes. A column re-equilibration to 5% MeCN is from 2.56-2.83 minutes. UV spectra of the eluted peaks were measured using an Acquity PDA and mass spectra were recorded using an Acquity QDa detector with ESI pos/neg switching.

Acidic UPLC 2 Acidic UPLC 1 minute

Analytical UPLC/MS was carried out using a Waters Acquity CSH C18, 1.7 um, 2.1×30 mm column eluting with a gradient of 0.1% Formic acid in MeCN in 0.1% Formic acid in water. The gradient is structured with a starting point of 5% MeCN held from 0.0-0.08 minutes. The gradient from 5-95% occurs between 0.08-0.70 minutes with a flush from 0.7-0.8 minutes. A column re-equilibration to 5% MeCN is from 0.8-0.9 minutes. UV spectra of the eluted peaks were measured using an Acquity PDA and mass spectra were recorded using an Acquity QDa detector with ESI pos/neg switching.

UPLC basic: Basic UPLC 3 minute

Analytical UPLC/MS was carried out using a Waters Acquity BEH C18, 1.7 um, 2.1×30 mm column eluting with a gradient of MeCN in aqueous 10 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate. The gradient is structured with a starting point of 5% MeCN held from 0.0-0.11 minutes. The gradient from 5-95% occurs between 0.11-2.15 minutes with a flush from 2.15-2.56 minutes. A column re-equilibration to 5% MeCN is from 2.56-2.83 minutes. UV spectra of the eluted peaks were measured using an Acquity PDA and mass spectra were recorded using an Acquity QDa detector with ESI pos/neg switching.

Basic UPLC 2 Basic UPLC 1 minute

Analytical UPLC/MS was carried out using a Waters Acquity BEH C18, 1.7 um, 2.1×30 mm column eluting with a gradient of MeCN in aqueous 10 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate. The gradient is structured with a starting point of 5% MeCN held from 0.0-0.08 minutes. The gradient from 5-95% occurs between 0.08-0.70 minutes with a flush from 0.7-0.8 minutes. A column re-equilibration to 5% MeCN is from 0.8-0.9 minutes. UV spectra of the eluted peaks were measured using an Acquity PDA and mass spectra were recorded using an Acquity QDa detector with ESI pos/neg switching.

Column temperature is 40° C. in all runs. Injection volume is 3 uL and the flow rate is 0.77 mL/min. PDA scan from 210-400 nm on all runs.

Normal Phase HPLC Conditions for the Chiral Analytical Methods

Chiral IC3 method: Chiral HPLC (Diacel Chiralpak IC, 5 um, 4.6×250 mm, 1.0 mL/min, 25-70% EtOH (0.2% TFA) in iso-hexane (0.2% TFA)

Chiral IC4 method: Chiral HPLC (Diacel Chiralpak IC, 5 um, 4.6×250 mm, 1.0 mL/min, 40% EtOH (0.2% TFA) in 4:1 heptane/chloroform (0.2% TFA).

Chiral IC5 method: Chiral HPLC (Diacel Chiralpak IC, 5 um, 4.6×250 mm, 1.0 mL/min, 20% EtOH (0.2% TFA) in iso-hexane (0.2% TFA).

Reverse Phase HPLC Conditions for the Chiral Analytical Methods

Chiral IC6 method: Chiral HPLC (Diacel Chiralpak IC, 5 um, 4.6×250 mm, 1.0 mL/min, 50% MeCN (0.1% formic acid) in water (0.1% formic acid).

Chiral IC7 method: Chiral HPLC (Diacel Chiralpak IC, 5 um, 4.6×250 mm, 1.0 mL/min, 5-95% MeCN (0.1% formic acid) in water (0.1% formic acid).

¹H NMR Spectroscopy

¹H NMR spectra were acquired on a Bruker Avance III spectrometer at 400 MHz or Bruker Avance III HD spectrometer at 500 MHz using residual undeuterated solvent as reference and unless specified otherwise were run in DMSO-d6.

Preparation of Intermediates

Known synthetic intermediates were procured from commercial sources or were obtained using published literature procedures. Intermediates INTC1 to INTC177 and INTD1 to INTD86 may be prepared using the synthetic routes described in WO2019/179652 and WO2019/180244. Additional intermediates were prepared by the representative synthetic processes described herein.

Any one of Methods 1-1q (referred to later herein) or A-N and Q-R may be used in the synthesis of the compounds of formula (I). For example, a scheme which is shown using a compound wherein X=N, Y=CR₂ and Z=CR₃ may also be used in the synthesis of compounds wherein X, Y and Z are as defined in the claims.

Tetrahydropyran-Derivative Via Thioether

Methyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate INTC178

To a solution of 4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.55 g, 3.42 mmol) and methyl tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate (494 mg, 3.42 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 30° C. was added LHMDS (1 M in THF) (4.11 mL, 4.11 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 5 min then was poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×200 mL). The organic extract was washed with brine (1×100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and solvent removed in vacuo to afford methyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate (915 mg, 3.24 mmol, 95% yield) as a pale yellow oil. Rt 1.74 min (HPLC acidic); m/z 269 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.62 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.76-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.54-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.04 (m, 2H).

Methyl 4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate INTC179

mCPBA (1.60 g, 7.13 mmol) was added portionwise into a stirring solution of methyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate INTC178 (915 mg, 3.24 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. NaHCO₃ (aq, 200 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×100 mL). The organic extract was sequentially washed with sat. NaHCO₃ (aq, 100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and solvent removed in vacuo to afford methyl 4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate (1.10 g, 3.30 mmol, quant. yield) as thick gum. Rt 1.20 min (HPLC acidic); m/z 301 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.09 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.13 (m, 2H).

Amine Intermediate Preparation

N-(5-(6-Ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamide INTC182

Prepared using Method 11 using methyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate INTC178 (1.0 eq), 5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine INTD33 (1.0 eq) and i-PrMgCl (2.0 eq) to afford N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamide (5.5 g, 11.67 mmol, 48% yield) as a pale yellow solid; Rt 2.35 mins (HPLC acidic); m/z 453 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.20 (s, 1H), 9.05 (dd, J=2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.21 (dd, J=8.7, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.44 (m, 5H, obscured by DMSO peak), 2.25-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

Method P: SNAR Using 4-chloro-2-(methylthio)-heterocycles

A solution of hetero-aromatic chloride (1 eq) and ester (1 eq) in THF (5-20 volumes) was warmed to 30° C. to which was added LUHMDS (1.25 eq 1-1.5M in THF). The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for up to 3 hrs, then was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to afford the desired compound. If required, the crude product was purified by normal phase chromatography.

TABLE 17 The following intermediates were made according to Method P. Name/Structure Synthesis (All examples containing chiral Method, [LCMS centres are racemates unless Method], m/z ¹H NMR Chemical Shift Data INTC stated) (M + H)⁺, (Rt/min) (DMSO-d6 unless stated) INTC186

Method P, [HPLC acidic], 325 (1.99). 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.86 (m, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.56 (m, 4H). INTC187

Method P, [HPLC acidic], 382 (2.54). 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.14 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1H obscured by DMSO and 1H by obscured by water INTC188

Method P, [HPLC acidic], 297 (1.76). No data collected INTC190

Method P, [HPLC acidic], 297 (2.00). 8.63-8.56 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.24 (m, 2H).

Ethyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate INTC191

To a solution of 1-tert-butyl 4-ethyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylate (4 g, 9.44 mmol) INTC187 in DCM (30 mL) at RT was added TFA (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hr. Additional TFA (5 mL) added and the reaction was stirred at RT for a further 1 hr. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of NaHCO₃ (aq, 100 mL), gas evolved, and was diluted with DCM (50 mL). The organics were isolated and dried (MgSO₄), filtered and solvent removed in vacuo to afford ethyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate (2.6 g, 9.15 mmol, 97% yield) as a brown oil. Rt 0.97 min (HPLC, acidic); m/z 282 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); No NMR data collected.

Ethyl 1-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate INTC192

To a stirred solution of ethyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate (1.3 g, 4.62 mmol) INTC191 in DCM (15 mL) at RT was added TEA (1.42 mL, 10.16 mmol) and then MesCl (0.37 mL, 5.08 mmol). After 1 hr, 1 M HCl (aq, 50 mL) and DCM (30 mL) were added. The organic layer was isolated by passage through a phase separation cartridge and then concentrated in vacuo to afford ethyl 1-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylate (1.21 g, 3.37 mmol, 73% yield) as a brown oil. Rt 1.93 min (HPLC, acidic); m/z 360 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); No NMR data collected.

Amide Formation

(4-(2-(Methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methanol INTC197

LiCl (0.95 g, 22.4 mmol) followed by NaBH₄ (0.85 g, 22.4 mmol) and EtOH (15 mL) was added into a stirring solution of methyl 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate INTC178 (3 g, 11.2 mmol) in THF (15 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was acidified with 1M HCl (aq, 20 mL) and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was extracted with DCM (3×150 mL). The organic extract was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and solvent removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (40 g column, 0-100% EA/iso-hexanes) to afford (4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methanol (2.3 g, 9.09 mmol, 81% yield) as a colourless gum. Rt 0.80 min (UPLC acidic); m/z 241 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.54 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.74-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.49 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.35-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.67 (m, 2H).

4-(2-(Methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde INTC198

DMP (1.77 g, 4.16 mmol) was added portionwise into a stirring solution of (4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methanol INTC197 (1 g, 4.16 mmol) in DCM (25 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. NaHCO₃ (aq, 100 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×100 mL). The organic extract was sequentially washed with saturated sat. NaHCO₃ (aq, 100 mL), and brine (100 mL). The organic extract was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and solvent in vacuo to afford 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde (900 mg, 3.40 mmol, 82% yield) as a colorless oil. Rt 1.61 min (HPLC acidic); m/z 239 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.63 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.68-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.28-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.09 (m, 2H).

4-(6-Ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-N-((4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)aniline INTC199

NaBH(OAc)₃ (1.07 g, 5.04 mmol) was added into a suspension of 4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde INTC198 (400 mg, 1.68 mmol) and 4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)aniline INTD18 (542 mg, 2.52 mmol) in DCM (10 ml) and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and sequentially washed with sat. NaHCO₃ (aq, 2×100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and solvent removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (25 g cartridge, 0-100% EtOAc/iso-hexanes) to afford 4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-N-((4-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)aniline (312 mg, 0.706 mmol, 42% yield) as a yellow gum. Rt 2.49 min (HPLC acidic); m/z 438 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.81-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.66-6.57 (m, 2H), 6.00 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.26 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.38 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

Method Q: Oxidation of Thioethers to Sulfones or Sulfoxides

mCPBA (2.2 eq) was portionwise to a stirred solution of thiother (1 eq) in DCM (20-50 volumes) maintaining the internal temperature at RT. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for a further 3 hrs. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. aq. Na₂SO₃ and extracted with DCM. The organic extract was sequentially washed with sat. aq. NaHCO₃ and brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and solvent removed in vacuo to afford the desire compound.

TABLE 18 The following intermediates were made according to Method Q. Synthesis Method, Name/Structure [LCMS (All examples containing chiral Method], m/z centres are racemates unless (M + H)⁺, ¹H NMR Chemical Shift Data INTC stated) (Rt/min) (DMSO-d6 unless stated) INTC203

Method Q using INTC186, [HPLC acidic], 357 (1.49). 9.06 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.91-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 2.37- 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.56 (m, 4H). INTC204

Method Q using INTC182, [HPLC acidic], 485 (1.94). 10.40 (s, 1H), 9.09 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 9.04 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.52 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.82-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.47 (m, 2H, obscured by DMSO peak), 2.33-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). INTC207

Method Q using INTC199, [HPLC, acidic], 454 (1.89). 8.87 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.71 (m, 3H), 6.57-6.47 (m, 2H), 6.07 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.36 (d, J = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 1.95-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). INTC208

Method Q using INTC188, [HPLC, acidic], 329 (1.27). No data collected INTC210

Method Q using INTC190, [HPLC acidic], 329 (1.46). No data collected

Method R: Formation of Sulfonamides from Aromatic Sulfones

To a solution of sulfone (1.0 eq) and primary sulfonamide (1.1-2.0 eq) in polar aprotic solvent such as NMP (5-100 volumes) was added an inorganic base (3 eq) such as cesium carbonate and heated to 40-90° C. for 1-3 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with water (50-100 volumes) and the mixture was washed with MTBE (100 volumes) and the aqueous was slowly acidified to pH 5 or lower using an appropriate acid such as HCl. The resulting precipitate was filtered to afford desired sulfonamide product.

TABLE 19 The following intermediates were made according to Method R. Synthesis Method, [LCMS Name/Structure Method], m/z ¹H NMR Chemical Shift (All examples containing chiral centres (M + H)⁺, Data Base, INTC are racemates unless stated) (Rt/min) (DMSO-d6 unless stated) Solvent INTC214

Method R using INTC203, [HPLC acidic], 398 (1.63). 11.28 (s, 1H), 8.63-8.54 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.11 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 4H), 3.24- 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.19- 0.99 (m, 4H). Cs₂CO₃, NMP INTC215

Method R using INTC205, [HPLC acidic], 433 (1.63). No data collected Cs₂CO₃, NMP INTC216

Method R using INTC208, [UPLC acidic], 370 (0.48). 11.32 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.87-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.27-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.84 (m, 2H), 1.17- 1.08 (m, 2H), 1.07-0.99 (m, 2H). Cs₂CO₃, NMP INTC218

Method R using INTC210, [HPLC acidic], 370 (1.62). 11.25 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.11 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.54 (m 1H, obscured by DMSO peak) 2.37-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.24 (m, 2H), 1.16-1.01 (m, 4H). Cs₂CO₃, NMP

(4-(6-Ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-2-fluorophenyl)methanol INTD87

Prepared as for INTD84 using (4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)methanol (205 mg, 1.00 mmol) and 2-ethoxy-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazine (250 mg, 1.00 mmol) to afford (4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-2-fluorophenyl)methanol (260 mg, 0.995 mmol, quantitative yield) was isolated as a yellow gum. Rt 1.25 min (UPLC, acidic); m/z 249 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J=11.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.57 (m, 1H), 5.37 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

4-(6-Ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-2-fluorobenzaldehyde INTD88

Prepared as for INTD85 using (4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-2-fluorophenyl)methanol INTD87 (1.00 g, 4.03 mmol) to afford 4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-2-fluorobenzaldehyde (448 mg, 1.78 mmol, 44% yield) as a colourless solid. Rt 0.67 min (UPLC 2, acidic); m/z 247 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.28 (s, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.99 (dd, J=8.3, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of Examples

Amide Formation

Method 1: Amide Coupling Using HATU

To a stirred suspension of the acid or the potassium salt (1 eq, X=H or K) and DIPEA (6 eq) in DMF (15 vol) the aniline (1 eq) and HATU (1.5 eq) were added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 18 hrs then concentrated in vacuo. MeOH and 2M NaOH (aq) were added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min then concentrated in vacuo. The aqueous phase acidified to pH 6 with 1 M HCl (aq) and the product extracted into DCM. The organics were combined, dried (phase separator) and concentrated in vacuo.

The crude product was purified by reverse or normal phase chromatography or a combination of both.

N-(4-(5-Chloropyridin-3-yl)phenyl)-2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanamide P1

4-(5-chloropyridin-3-yl)aniline INTD8 (0.117 g, 0.573 mmol) and HATU (0.327 g, 0.859 mmol) were added to a stirred suspension of potassium 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanoate INTC37 (0.265 g, 0.573 mmol) and DIPEA (0.60 mL, 3.44 mmol) in DMF (6 mL). The reaction was stirred at RT 18 hrs then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and 2M NaOH (aq) (20 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min then concentrated in vacuo. The aqueous phase acidified to pH 6 with 1 M HCl (aq) (40 mL) and the product extracted into DCM (3×20 mL). The organics were combined, dried (phase separator) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (12 g column, 0-100% EtOAc/iso-hexane) followed by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (5-75% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford N-(4-(5-chloropyridin-3-yl)phenyl)-2-(2 (cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanamide (0.158 g, 0.318 mmol, 56% yield) as a white solid. Rt 1.36 min; m/z 472 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.28 (s, 1H), 10.39 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.63-8.48 (m, 2H), 8.22 (t, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.71 (m, 4H), 7.19 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.84 (m, 5H).

Method 2: AlMe₃ Mediated Amide Coupling from Ester

To an ice cooled solution of aniline (2 eq) in toluene (40 volumes) was added AlMe₃ (2.0 M in heptane, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 5 mins then at RT for 10 mins. To this solution was added ester (1 eq) in one portion and the resultant mixture heated and stirred at 80° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and carefully quenched with MeOH (10 volumes). After stirring for 20 mins the mixture was diluted in a mixture of DCM/MeOH (10 volumes), filtered through celite and the filtrate concentrated. The crude product was purified by reverse or normal phase chromatography.

1-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)cyclopentanecarboxamide P2

To an ice cooled solution of 4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)aniline INTD18 (0.099 g, 0.461 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) was added AlMe₃ (2.0 M in toluene) (0.307 mL, 0.615 mmol). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 5 mins then at RT for 20 mins. To this solution was added methyl 1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclopentanecarboxylate INTC29 (0.1 g, 0.307 mmol) in one portion and the resultant mixture heated and stirred at 100° C. for 3 h under N₂. The reaction mixture was carefully quenched with MeOH (2 mL). After stirring for 20 mins the mixture was diluted in MeOH (50 mL), filtered through celite (5 g) and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (25-75% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford 1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)cyclopentanecarboxamide (0.053 g, 0.099 mmol, 32% yield) as a white solid. Rt 1.59 min (UPLC, acidic); m/z 509 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.33 (s, 1H), 9.58 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.83-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.17-6.96 (m, 1H), 4.56-4.37 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.46-1.34 (m, 3H), 1.12-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.80 (m, 2H).

2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-methoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)-2-methylpropanamide P3

4-(6-Methoxypyrazin-2-yl)aniline INTD1 (101 mg, 0.501 mmol) was added to an ice cooled solution of AlMe₃ (2M in heptane) (0.33 mL, 0.668 mmol) in toluene (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 5 mins then at RT for 10 mins. Methyl 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-methylpropanoate INTC21 (100 mg, 0.334 mmol) was added in one portion and the resultant mixture heated at 100° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and carefully quenched with MeOH (10 mL). After stirring for 20 mins the mixture was diluted with a mixture of DCM/MeOH (10 mL, 1:1), filtered through celite and the solvent removed to give an orange oil. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (24 g column, 0-100% EtOAc/iso-hexane) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-methoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)-2-methylpropanamide (37 mg, 0.077 mmol, 23% yield) as a pale beige solid. Rt 2.03 min (HPLC acidic); m/z 469 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.27 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.84-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.18 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.08-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.74 (m, 2H).

2-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-methyl-N-(4-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)propanamide P4

To an ice cooled solution of 4-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)aniline INTD7 (0.119 g, 0.501 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) and THF (2 mL) was added AlMe₃ (2.0 M in heptane) (0.334 mL, 0.668 mmol). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 5 mins then at RT for 10 min. To this solution was added methyl 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-methylpropanoate INTC21 (0.1 g, 0.334 mmol) in one portion and the resultant mixture stirred and heated at 80° C. for 2 hrs in a sealed vessel. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and carefully quenched with MeOH. After stirring for 20 min the mixture was diluted in a mixture of DCM/MeOH, filtered through celite and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (5-75% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-methyl-N-(4-(5-(trifluoromethyl)-pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)propanamide (0.109 g, 0.205 mmol, 61% yield) as a white solid. Rt 2.17 (HPLC acidic); m/z 506 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.28 (s, 1H), 9.49 (s, 1H), 9.28-9.11 (m, 1H), 8.98-8.84 (m, 1H), 8.68-8.54 (m, 1H), 8.50-8.37 (m, 1H), 7.95-7.71 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.12 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.13-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.91-0.69 (m, 2H).

2-Methyl-N-(2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)-2-(2-(methylsulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)propanamide P5

To an ice cooled solution of 4-(6-chloropyrazin-2-yl)-2-methylaniline INTD26 (0.549 mmol, 121 mg) in toluene (2 mL) was added AlMe₃ (0.55 mL, 1.098 mmol, 2.0 M in heptane). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 5 min then at RT for 10 min. To this solution was added methyl 2-methyl-2-(2-(methylsulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)propanoate INTC19 (100 mg, 0.366 mmol) in one portion and the resultant mixture stirred and heated at 90° C. for 2 hrs. The reactions were cooled to 0° C., 1 M HCl (5 mL) was added and the residues were extracted with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The combined organic extract was passed through a phase separator and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (0-100% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford 2-methyl-N-(2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)-2-(2-(methylsulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)propanamide (78.9 mg, 0.170 mmol, 47% yield) as an off-white solid. Rt 1.74 (HPLC, acidic); m/z 441 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.35 (s, 1H), 9.07-8.99 (m, 2H), 8.62 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.62 (s, 6H).

4-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamide P115

To a solution of 5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine INTD33 (0.14 g, 0.66 mmol) in toluene (3.0 mL, 28.2 mmol) at 0° C. was added AlMe₃ (0.66 mL, 1.32 mmol, 2.0 M in heptane). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 mins at 0° C. then 10 mins at RT. Methyl 4-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate INTC53 (0.15 g, 0.44 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction mixture was heated to 95° C. for 1 h, then cooled to 0° C. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1 M HCl (5 mL) and diluted with EtOAc (10 mL). The phases were separated and the aqueous was extracted using further EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organics were dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (12 g column, 0-100% EtOAc/iso-hexane) to afford 4-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamide (0.022 g, 0.040 mmol, 9% yield) as a white solid. Rt 1.31 min (UPLC, acidic); m/z 526 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.31 (s, 1H), 10.13 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.81-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.09-1.03 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.84 (m, 2H).

Method 2b: DABALMe₃ Mediated Amide Coupling from Ester

To a solution of ester (1 eq) and aniline (1.5 eq) in toluene (30 volumes) was added DABAL-Me₃ (1.5 eq) and the resulting mixture was heated at 100° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched by careful addition of 1 M HCl (aq, 20 volumes). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 volumes). The combined organics were washed with 1 M HCl (aq, 2×10 volumes), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse or normal phase chromatography.

Method 3: Amide Coupling from Potassium Salt Using T3P

Pyridine (10 eq) followed by T3P (50 wt % in DMF, 2 eq) was added to a stirring solution of amine (1.1 eq) and potassium 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanoate (1 eq) in DMF (16 volumes). The resulting reaction was stirred at RT for 24 hrs. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then diluted with NH₄Cl (sat. aq) and extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were dried (phase separator) and the solvent removed. The crude product was purified by reverse or normal phase chromatography.

2-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(2-fluoro-4-(pyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)butanamide P6

T3P (50 wt % in DMF) (1.120 mL, 1.546 mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of 2-fluoro-4-(pyrazin-2-yl)aniline INTD23 (154 mg, 0.773 mmol), potassium 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanoate INTC37 (250 mg, 0.773 mmol) and pyridine (0.313 mL, 3.87 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The resulting reaction was stirred at RT for 18 hrs. Water (5 mL) was added and the newly formed precipitate filtered. The product was recovered by dissolving in DCM (10 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (20-50% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(2-fluoro-4-(pyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)butanamide (32 mg, 0.069 mmol, 9% yield) as a colourless powder. Rt 1.15 min (UPLC acidic); m/z 457 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.26 (s, 1H), 10.25 (s, 1H), 9.29 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (dd, J=2.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.12-8.03 (m, 2H), 8.03-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.93 (m, 5H).

2-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)butanamide P7

T3P (50 wt % in DMF) (0.78 mL, 1.082 mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of potassium 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanoate INTC37 (250 mg, 0.541 mmol) and 4-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)aniline INTD7 (129 mg, 0.541 mmol) in pyridine (0.13 mL, 1.623 mmol) and DMF (3 mL). The resulting reaction was stirred at RT for 18 hrs. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with saturated NH₄Cl (aq) (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (phase separator) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (0-10% MeOH in DCM), followed by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (15-75% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)butanamide (19 mg; 0.036 mmol; 7% yield). Rt 1.44 (UPLC, acidic); m/z 506 (M+H)+(ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.41 (s, 1H), 9.20 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.94-8.92 (m, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.45-8.42 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J=8.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.89 (m, 5H).

2-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)acetamide P8

T3P (50 wt % in DMF) (0.343 mL, 0.474 mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of potassium 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)acetate INTC39 (100 mg, 0.237 mmol), 4-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazin-2-yl)aniline INTD19 (56.7 mg, 0.237 mmol) and pyridine (0.096 mL, 1.185 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The resulting reaction was stirred at RT for 18 hrs. Water (5 mL) was added and the newly formed precipitate was filtered to afford the crude product. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (0-10% MeOH in DCM) followed by preparative HPLC (5-95% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)acetamide (10 mg, 0.021 mmol, 9% yield) as a yellow powder. Rt 1.31 min (UPLC, acidic); m/z 479 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) observed as mixture of tautomers δ 12.81 (s, 1H, minor), 11.24 (s, 1H, major), 10.95 (s, 1H, minor), 10.58 (s, 1H, major), 10.09 (s, 1H, minor), 9.58 (s, 1H, major), 9.57 (s, 1H, minor), 9.09 (s, 1H, major), 9.06 (s, 1H, minor), 8.57 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 8.24-8.13 (m, 2×2H, major and minor), 7.85-7.79 (m, 2×2H, major and minor), 7.18 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H, major), 6.95 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.06 (s, 1H, minor), 3.89 (s, 2H, major), 3.28-3.22 (m, 1H, major), 2.73-2.65 (m, 1H, minor), 1.13-0.90 (m, 2×4H, major and minor).

Method 4: Amide Coupling from Lithium Salt Using T3P

N-(5-(6-Ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-fluoro-2-(2-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanamide INTC51

To a solution of lithium 2-fluoro-2-(2-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)cyclopropane-sulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanoate INTC50 (0.50 g, 1.17 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0° C. was added 5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine INTD33 (0.30 g, 1.40 mmol) followed by pyridine (0.57 mL, 7.01 mmol) and T3P (50 wt % in DMF) (1.69 mL, 2.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hrs then warmed to RT for 20 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and further T3P (50 wt % in DMF) (0.5 mL, 0.69 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr, then RT for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture was diluted with sat. NH₄Cl (aq, 45 mL) and the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration, washing with water (2×20 mL). The resultant yellow precipitate was dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and MeOH (30 mL) and concentrated onto silica. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (24 g column, 0-60% EtOAc/iso-hexane) to afford N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-fluoro-2-(2-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl) cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanamide (0.274 g, 0.433 mmol, 37% yield) as a colourless oil. Rt 1.84 min (UPLC, acidic); m/z 622 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.69 (s, 1H), 9.10 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.88-8.81 (m, 2H), 8.52 (dd, J=8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=5.2, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.81-6.74 (m, 2H), 5.20-5.08 (m, 2H), 4.48 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.76-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.24 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.06 (m, 1H), 1.10-0.97 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.89 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).

Method 5: NH-Amide Formation Via Amide Deprotection and/or Decarboxylation

To a solution of the protected amide in DCM a mixture of TFA (88 eq) and triflic acid (1-6 eq) was added and the mixture left stirring at RT for 18-36 hrs and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel or by RP chromatography.

2-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)butanamide P105

A solution of 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)butanamide INTC46 (0.18 g, 0.299 mmol) in a mixture of TFA (2 mL, 26.0 mmol) and DCM (2 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 18 hrs. The reaction was heated at 50° C. for 2 hrs. To the reaction was added triflic acid (0.027 mL, 0.299 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then diluted in 1 N HCl (aq) (20 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3×20 mL), dried (phase separator) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (24 g column, 5-75% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)butanamide (0.02 g, 0.041 mmol, 14% yield) as a white solid. Rt 2.23 min (HPLC acidic); 483 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

2-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)acetamide P18

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-((4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-3-oxopropanoate INTC47 (0.1 g, 0.148 mmol) in a mixture of TFA (1 mL, 12.98 mmol) and DCM (20 mL) was added triflic acid (0.039 mL, 0.445 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 18 hrs. Further triflic acid (0.039 mL, 0.445 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for a further 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (12 g column, 0-10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)phenyl)acetamide (0.03 g, 0.063 mmol, 42% yield) as a pale yellow solid. Rt 1.98 min (HPLC, acidic); m/z 455 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Method 6: Deprotection of Sulfonamide

2-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-fluorobutanamide P112

TFA (0.28 mL, 3.70 mmol) was added into a stirring solution of N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-fluoro-2-(2-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)butanamide INTC51 (115 mg, 0.185 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (12 g column, 0-100% EtOAc/iso-hexane) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-fluorobutanamide (77 mg, 0.15 mmol, 81% yield) as a white solid. Rt 2.28 min (HPLC, acidic); m/z 502 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.50 (s, 1H), 10.60 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 9.10 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.20-0.92 (m, 7H).

The racemate P112 was separated by chiral preparative HPLC using a Diacel Chiralpak IC column (20% EtOH in [4:1 heptane:chloroform (0.2% TFA)]) to afford:

P112 Enantiomer 1 Stereochemistry of Product was not Assigned (P113)

2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-fluorobutanamide; Rt 2.28 mins (HPLC acidic); m/z 502 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.50 (s, 1H), 10.60 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 9.11 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.28 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.22-0.89 (m, 7H).

The product was analysed by Chiral IC3 method HPLC; Rt=10.47 mins, 100% ee at 254 nm.

P112 Enantiomer 2 Stereochemistry of Product was not Assigned (P114)

2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-fluorobutanamide; Rt 2.28 min (HPLC acidic); m/z 502 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.50 (s, 1H), 10.60 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 9.11 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J=8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.25-0.88 (m, 7H).

The product was analysed by Chiral IC3 method HPLC Rt=14.24 mins, 100% ee at 254 nm.

Method 7: Sulfonylation from Aromatic Chloride

2-Chloro-heteroaromatic intermediate (1 eq), sulfonamide (1.2 eq) and base (2 eq) were dissolved in dioxane (40 volumes). The mixture was degassed (evacuated and backfilled with N₂×3) then catalyst (10 mol %) was added. The resulting mixture was heated under nitrogen at 90° C. for 2 hrs. The mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with sat. NH₄Cl (aq, 80 volumes) and DCM (80 volumes). The phases were separated and the aqueous was extracted with further DCM (2×80 volumes). The combined organics were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by normal phase chromatography or trituration using a suitable solvent.

Method 8: Amide Coupling Using 1-chloro-N,N,2-trimethylprop-1-en-1-amine

1-Chloro-N,N,2-trimethylprop-1-en-1-amine (2 eq) was added to a solution of carboxylic acid (1 eq) in DCM (20 volumes). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue redissolved in DCM (20 volumes) before addition of pyridine (2 mL) followed by addition of the appropriate amine (1.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hrs. An aqueous work up was performed and the crude product was purified by normal phase chromatography, reverse phase chromatography or trituration from an appropriate solvent.

Method 9: Suzuki ArBr

To a suspension of Ar1-Br (1 eq) in dioxane (10 volumes) was added arylboronic acid or ester (1 eq) and a solution of K₂CO₃ (2 eq) in water (5 volumes). The resulting suspension was degassed (N₂, 5 mins). PdCl₂(dppf)-CH₂Cl₂ adduct or other appropriate catalyst (10 mol %) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was then cooled to RT. An aqueous work up was performed and the crude product was purified by normal phase chromatography, reverse phase chromatography or trituration from an appropriate solvent.

Method 10: T3P with Free Acid

Pyridine (10 eq) followed by T3P (50 wt % in DMF, 2 eq) was added to a stirring solution of amine (1.1 eq) and carboxylic acid (1 eq) in DMF (16 volumes). The resulting reaction was stirred at RT for 24 hrs. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then diluted with NH₄Cl (sat. aq) and extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were dried (phase separator) and the solvent removed. The crude product was purified by reverse or normal phase chromatography.

TABLE 20 Preparation methods and characterisation data of examples P9-P115, P117-P225 Synthesis Method, [LCMS Name/Structure Method], m/z (All examples containing chiral (M + H)⁺, ¹H NMR Chemical Shift Data P centres are racemates unless stated) (RT/Min) (DMSO-d6 unless stated) P9

Method 2: using INTC21 and INTD32 [HPLC acidic], 498, (2.28) 11.23 (s, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H), 9.03-8.97 (m, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.53-8.42 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.16 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.46-5.34 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.40-1.37 (m, 6H), 1.04-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.81-0.74 (m, 2H). P10

Method 2 using INTC27 and INTD18, [UPLC acidic], 511, (1.57) 11.27 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.09- 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.23-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.12 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 4H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.05- 0.96 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.66 (m, 8H). P11

Method 2 using INTC33 and INTD25, [HPLC Acidic], 497, (2.09) 12.77 (s, 1H, minor), 11.24 (s, 1H, major), 10.98 (s, 1H, minor), 10.37 (s, 1H, major), 9.81 (s, 1H, minor), 9.64 (s, 1H, major), 9.63 (s, 1H, minor), 9.14 (s, 1H, major), 9.12 (s, 1H, minor), 8.57 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 8.34 (t, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H, minor), 8.24 (t, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H, major), 8.17-8.04 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.18 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 6.96 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.85 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.34 (s, 1H, minor), 4.00 (s, 2H, major), 3.30-3.23 (m, 1H, major), 2.71- 2.61 (m, 1H, minor), 1.15-0.88 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor). P12

Method 2 using INTC33 and INTD35, [HPLC Acidic], 487, (2.17) 12.79 (s, 1H, minor), 11.23 (s, 1H, major), 10.95 (s, 1H, minor), 10.29 (s, 1H, major), 9.74 (s, 1H, minor), 8.81 (s, 1H, major), 8.80 (s, 1H, minor), 8.57 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H, major), 8.23 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H, minor), 8.19 (s, 1H, major), 8.17 (s, 1H, minor), 8.13 (t, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H, major), 8.06-7.93 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.17 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H, major), 6.94 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.84 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.47-5.38 (m, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 5.31 (s, 1H, minor), 3.98 (s, 2H, major), 3.26 (s, 1H, major), 2.69-2.62 (m, 1H, minor), 1.39 (dd, J = 6.2, 1.9 Hz, 2 × 6H, major and minor), 1.13-0.90 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor). P13

Method 3 using INTC39 and INTD7, [UPLC Acidic], 478, (1.27) 12.82 (s, 1H, minor), 11.25 (s, 1H, major), 10.92 (s, 1H, minor), 10.47 (s, 1H, major), 9.98 (s, 1H, minor), 9.23-9.19 (m, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 8.95-8.90 (m, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 8.56 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H, major), 8.46-8.41 (m, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 7.89-7.81 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.80-7.74 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.17 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H, major), 6.93 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.88 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.04 (s, 1H, minor), 3.87 (s, 2H, major), 3.28- 3.22 (m, 1H, major), 2.70-2.65 (m, 1H, minor), 1.13-0.90 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor). P14

Method 2 using INTC33 and INTD15, [HPLC Acidic], 508, (1.87) 12.83 (s, 1H, minor), 11.26 (s, 1H, major), 10.89 (s, 1H, minor), 10.43 (s, 1H, major), 9.96 (s, 1H, minor), 8.59 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 8.57 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 8.35 (dd, J = 4.6, 2.8 Hz, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 7.83-7.68 (m, 2 × 5H, major and minor), 7.17 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 6.92 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.88 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.05 (s, 1H, minor), 5.01-4.94 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 3.87 (s, 2H, major), 3.30-3.23 (m, 1H, major), 2.71- 2.62 (m, 1H, minor), 1.13-0.89 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor. P15

Method 1 using INTC40 and a commer- cial aniline, [UPLC acidic], 428, (0.68) 11.36 (s, 1H), 10.51 (s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.74-8.61 (m, 1H), 8.60-8.42 (m, 1H), 8.11-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.59 (m, 4H), 7.55-7.38 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.11 (m, 1H), 1.15-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.99-0.88 (m, 2H). P16

Method 2 using INTC33 and a commer- cial aniline, [HPLC basic], 410, (1.20) 12.82 (s, 1H, minor), 11.22 (s, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 10.42 (s, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 9.92 (s, 1H, minor), 8.89 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 3H), 8.60-8.50 (m, 4H), 8.11- 8.01 (m, 3H), 7.80-7.67 (m, 11H), 7.46 (ddd, J = 7.3, 4.8, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 6.92 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.87 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.03 (s, 1H, minor), 3.86 (s, 2H, major), 3.29-3.22 (m, 1H, major), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.73-2.61 (m, 1H, minor), 1.13- 1.06 (m, 2H, major), 1.05-0.98 (m, 2H, minor), 0.98-0.88 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor). P17

Method 2, using INTC33 and a commer- cial aniline, [HPLC basic], 409, (1.84) 12.84 (s, 1H, minor), 11.19 (s, 2H, major), 10.37 (s, 1H, major), 9.89 (s, 1H, minor), 8.59-8.53 (m, 1H, major), 7.71-7.40 (m, 2 × 8H, major and minor) 7.38-7.28 (m, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 7.19-7.13 (m, 1H, major), 6.94-6.87 (m, 1H, minor), 5.90-5.82 (m, 1H, minor), 5.04 (s, 1H, minor), 3.86 (s, 2H, major), 3.30-3.14 (m, 1H, major), 2.69-2.61 (m, 1H, minor), 1.14-0.88 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor). P18

Method 3 using INTC39 and INTD18, or Method 5 using INTC47, [UPLC Acidic], 455, (1.26) 12.83 (s, 1H, minor), 11.23 (s, 1H, major), 10.91 (s, 1H, minor), 10.49 (s, 1H, major), 10.01 (s, 1H, minor), 8.77 (s, 1H, major), 8.76 (s, 1H, minor), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H, major), 8.19 (s, 1H, major), 8.17 (s, 1H, minor), 8.13-8.06 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.79-7.73 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.17 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H, major), 6.93 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.88 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.05 (s, 1H, minor), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 3.87 (s, 2H, major), 3.28-3.22 (m, 1H, major), 2.71-2.65 (m, 1H, minor), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 × 3H, major and minor), 1.13-0.90 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor). P19

Method 2, using INTC33 and INTD1, [HPLC Acidic], 441, (1.83) 12.83 (s, 1H, minor), 11.24 (s, 1H, major), 10.91 (s, 1H, minor), 10.50 (s, 1H, major), 10.02 (s, 1H, minor), 8.79 (s, 1H, major), 8.78 (s, 1H, minor), 8.57 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 8.22 (s, 1H, major), 8.20 (s, 1H, minor), 8.16-8.09 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.79-7.73 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.18 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 6.93 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.88 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.06 (s, 1H, minor), 4.02 (s, 2 × 3H, major and minor), 3.88 (s, 2H, major), 3.30-3.21 (m, 1H, major), 2.70-2.62 (m, 1H, minor), 1.14-0.88 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor). P20

Method 2, using INTC33 and INTD29, [HPLC Acidic], 509, (2.12) 12.84 (s, 1H, minor), 11.24 (s, 1H, major), 10.92 (s, 1H, minor), 10.51 (s, 1H, major), 10.04 (s, 1H, minor), 8.94 (s, 1H, major), 8.92 (s, 1H, minor), 8.57 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 8.38 (s, 1H, major), 8.36 (s, 1H, minor), 8.20-8.14 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.79-7.75 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.18 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 6.93 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.89 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.24- 5.15 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 5.06 (s, 1H, minor), 3.88 (s, 2H, major), 3.29- 3.22 (m, 1H, major), 2.70-2.63 (m, 1H, minor), 1.12-0.91 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor). P21

Method 2, using INTC33 and INTD20, [HPLC Acidic], 469, (2.12) 12.84 (s, 1H, minor), 11.24 (s, 1H, major), 10.91 (s, 1H, minor), 10.49 (s, 1H, major), 10.02 (s, 1H, minor), 8.74 (s, 1H, major), 8.73 (s, 1H, minor), 8.57 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 8.13 (s, 1H, major), 8.11 (s, 1H, minor), 8.11-8.05 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.78-7.72 (m, 2 × 2H, major and minor), 7.18 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H, major), 6.93 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.88 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H, minor), 5.46- 5.36 (m, 2 × 1H, major and minor), 5.06 (s, 1H, minor), 3.88 (s, 2H, major), 3.29- 3.21 (m, 1H, major), 2.70-2.61 (m, 1H, minor), 1.42-1.35 (m, 2 × 6H, major and minor), 1.13-0.90 (m, 2 × 4H, major and minor). P22

Method 2, using INTC24 and INTD33, [HPLC Acidic], 498, (2.24) 11.15 (s, 1H), 10.19 (s, 1H), 9.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.60-8.51 (m, 2H), 8.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.43 (m, 3H), 2.32-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.57-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) P23

Method 2, using INTC24 and INTD35, [HPLC Acidic], 529, (2.48) 11.15 (s, 1H), 9.36 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.02-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 1H), 4.64-4.55 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.38 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H); P24

Method 2, using INTC24 and INTD27, [HPLC Acidic], 511, (2.31) 11.18 (s, 1H), 9.03 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.66-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.45-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.12 (m, 5H), 1.94-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). P25

Method 2, using INTC24 and INTD1, [HPLC Acidic], 483, (2.18) 11.11 (s, 1H), 9.50 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.90-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (p, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.54 (m, 6H), 0.89-0.82 (m, 2H), P26

Method 2, using INTC24 and INTD18, [HPLC Basic], 497, (2.33) 11.14 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.13-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.88-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (q, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.36- 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.81- 1.69 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.58 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). P27

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD31, [UPLC Acidic], 502, (1.27) 11.28 (s, 1H), 10.08 (s, 1H), 8.99-8.97 (m, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.45-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.27 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.06-0.98 (m, 2H). P28

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD16, [UPLC acidic], 483, (1.09) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.06 (s, 1H), 8.72-8.68 (m, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.24-8.12 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.23-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.07-0.97 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.73 (m, 2H). P29

Method 2, using INTC21 and a commer- cial aniline, [HPLC acidic], 439, (1.29) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.06 (s, 1H), 8.94 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.70-8.67 (m, 1H), 8.61- 8.56 (m, 2H), 8.22-8.08 (m, 3H), 7.54- 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.07- 0.96 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.71 (m, 2H). P30

Method 2 using INTC21 and INTD2, [UPLC Acidic], 508, (1.41) 11.24 (s, 1H), 10.29 (s, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 9.21-9.02 (m, 2H), 8.69-8.49 (m, 2H), 8.36-8.19 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.11 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.07-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.71 (m, 2H). P31

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD33, [UPLC Acidic], 484, (1.37) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.16 (s, 1H), 9.09-8.98 (m, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.52-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.18 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.24-3.11 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.70 (m, 2H). P32

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD30, [UPLC acidic], 496, (1.39) 11.30 (s, 1H), 10.20 (s, 1H), 9.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.55-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.06-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.68 (m, 6H). P33

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD49, [UPLC Acidic], 517, (1.53) 11.30 (s, 1H), 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.27-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.10 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.20 (m, 1H), 1.63 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.17-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.95 (m, 2H). P34

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD51, [UPLC Acidic], 508, (1.45) 11.28 (s, 1H), 9.85 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 1H), 1.63 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.17-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.04- 0.96 (m, 2H). P35

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD12, [UPLC acidic], 514, (1.25) 11.52 (s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.53-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.53 (m, 4H), 7.12 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.99-4.78 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.16 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.32 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H), 1.12-1.03 (m, 2H), 1.00- 0.89 (m, 2H). P36

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD50, [HPLC Acidic], 456, (1.37) 11.41 (s, 1H), 9.41 (s, 1H), 8.97-8.90 (m, 1H), 8.62-8.55 (m, 2H), 8.15-8.09 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.27-3.19 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.15-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.90 (m, 2H). P37

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD25, [UPLC Acidic], 525, (1.47) 11.30 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.13-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.77 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 1.16-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.92 (m, 2H). P38

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD24; [UPLC acidic], 501, (1.46) 11.32 (s, 1H), 9.41 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.70-8.51 (m, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.06- 7.90 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.28- 7.13 (m, 1H), 4.56-4.42 (m, 2H), 3.28- 3.19 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.47-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.18-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.91 (m, 2H). P39

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD35, [UPLC acidic], 515, (1.54) 11.33 (s, 1H), 9.41 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.04-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.51-5.33 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.17 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.39 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.15-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.92 (m, 2H). P40

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD39, [UPLC Acidic], 515, (1.46) 11.29 (s, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.96 (m, 2H). P41

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD41, [UPLC Acidic], 519, (1.42) 11.29 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.22 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.99 (m, 2H). P42

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD23, [UPLC Acidic], 457, (1.14) 11.30 (s, 1H), 9.40 (s, 1H), 9.30 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.74-8.69 (m, 1H), 8.67- 8.56 (m, 2H), 8.07-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.73 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.16- 1.03 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.92 (m, 2H). P43

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD34; [UPLC Acidic], 521, (1.45) 11.28 (s, 1H), 9.60 (s, 1H), 9.12-9.05 (m, 2H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.09-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 1.17-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.96 (m, 2H). P44

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD38, [UPLC Acidic], 512, (1.39) 11.28 (s, 1H), 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.63 (s, 6H), 1.36 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.16-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.08-0.99 (m, 2H). P45

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD36; [UPLC Acidic], 515, (1.50) 11.29 (s, 1H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.65-8.55 (m, 2H), 8.25 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = 12.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.41 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.42-1.35 (m, 3H), 1.14- 1.05 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.97 (m, 2H). P46

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD40, [UPLC Acidic], 511, (1.44) 11.28 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 4.38 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 1.36 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.16-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.05- 0.98 (m, 2H). P47

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD47, [UPLC Acidic], 567, (1.59) 11.28 (s, 1H), 9.36 (s, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.16 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.12-8.07 (m, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.27-3.21 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.03- 0.96 (m, 2H). P48

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD37, [UPLC Acidic], 531, (1.59) 11.36 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.66-8.58 (m, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.51-4.42 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 1H), 1.63 (s, 6H), 1.43-1.36 (m, 3H), 1.13-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.94 (m, 2H). P49

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD48; [UPLC Acidic], 513, (1.48) 11.34 (s, 1H), 8.86-8.81 (m, 2H), 8.63 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.21-8.17 (m, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.26 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.17 (m, 1H), 1.63 (s, 6H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.13-1.06 (m, 2H), 0.99-0.91 (m, 2H). P50

Method 2, using INTC21 and a commer- cial aniline, [UPLC Acidic], 439, (1.04) 11.25 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 9.17-9.09 (m, 3H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.73 (m, 4H), 3.24-3.14 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.07-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.77 (m, 2H). 1 exchangeable proton not observed. P51

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD8; [UPLC acidic], 472, (1.36) 11.30 (s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.63-8.55 (m, 2H), 8.23 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 4H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.09-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.75 (m, 2H). P52

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD5, [HPLC acidic], 463, (2.46) 11.34 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 9.19 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.96 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.73 (m, 4H), 7.17 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.08-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.86-0.74 (m, 2H). P53

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD6, [UPLC acidic], 456, (1.25) 11.30 (s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.88-8.76 (m, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.09-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 4H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.08-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.74 (m, 2H). P54

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD10, [HPLC acidic], 452, (1.26) 11.29 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.67 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.39-8.35 (m, 1H), 7.90-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.62 (m, 4H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.28-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.09-0.97 (m, 2H), 0.86- 0.74 (m, 2H). P55

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD3, [UPLC acidic], 504, (1.32) 11.29 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.80 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.95-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.71 (m, 4H), 7.34 (t, J = 73.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.08-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.74 (m, 2H). P56

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD45, [HPLC acidic], 468, (1.89) 11.34 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.67 (m, 4H), 7.63-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.14 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.09-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.88- 0.75 (m, 2H). P57

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD4, [UPLC acidic], 482, (1.06) 11.29 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.60-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.26-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.75 (m, 2H). P58

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD11, [UPLC acidic], 496, (1.16) 11.34 (s, 1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.92-4.76 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.32 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H), 1.08-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.73 (m, 2H). P59

Method 2, using INTC21 and a commer- cial aniline, [HPLC acidic], 438, (1.28) 9.44 (s, 1H), 8.89-8.85 (m, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.07-8.03 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.61 (m, 4H), 7.49-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.08-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.89-0.73 (m, 2H). P60

Method 2, using INTC21 and a commer- cial aniline; [UPLC Acidic], 505, (1.65) 11.25 (s, 1H), 9.42 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.99-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.77- 7.63 (m, 6H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.58 (s, 6H), 1.06- 0.98 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.75 (m, 2H). P61

Method 2, using INTC21 and a commer- cial aniline, [UPLC Acidic], 471, (1.63) 11.26 (s, 1H), 9.41 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.67- 7.60 (m, 3H), 7.46 (td, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.06-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.75 (m, 2H). P62

Method 2, using INTC21 and a commer- cial aniline, [UPLC Acidic], 463, (1.42) 11.27 (s, 1H), 9.42 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.03-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.69 (m, 5H), 7.63 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.06-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.75 (m, 2H). P63

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD42, [UPLC Acidic], 481, (1.58) 11.26 (s, 1H), 9.38 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.63- 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.22- 7.12 (m, 3H), 6.88 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.25-3.16 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.35 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.07-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.76 (m, 2H). P64

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD19, [HPLC acidic], 507, (2.25) 11.27 (s, 1H), 9.59 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.90-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.06-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.75 (m, 2H). P65

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD18, [HPLC acidic], 483, (2.19) 11.27 (s, 1H), 9.50 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 0.5 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 0.5 Hz, 1H), 8.12-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.83-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.26-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.08-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.75 (m, 2H). P66

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD21, [UPLC acidic], 495, (1.44) 11.32 (s, 1H), 9.53 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.83-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.47-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.12 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.09-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.93-0.69 (m, 6H). P67

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD20, [UPLC acidic], 497, (1.53) 11.34 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.08-8.03 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.47-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.12 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.38 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 6H), 1.08-0.97 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.74 (m, 2H). P68

Method 2, using INTC22 and INTD18, [UPLC Acidic], 501, (1.48) 11.36 (s, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.12-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.72 (m, 2H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.27-3.16 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.97 (m, 2H). P69

Method 2, using INTC26 and INTD18, [UPLC Acidic], 497, (1.49) 11.12-11.08 (m, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.10-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.58 (s, 6H), 1.50-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.36 (m, 6H), 0.84-0.80 (m, 2H). P70

Method 2, using INTC23 and INTD18; [UPLC Basic], 497, (1.27) 11.07 (s, 1H), 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.10-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.74 (m, 2H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.06-1.01 (m, 2H). P71

Method 2, using INTC21 and INTD43, [HPLC acidic], 439, (1.72) 11.26 (s, 1H), 9.50 (s, 1H), 9.22 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (dd, J = 2.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.15-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.26- 3.15 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.06-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.75 (m, 2H). P72

Method 2 using INTC20 and INTD24, [UPLC Acidic], 489, (1.41) 11.23 (s, 1H), 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.03-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.70 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P73

Method 2, using INTC20 and INTD19, [UPLC Acidic], 495, (1.44) 11.21 (s, 1H), 9.57 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 2H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.91-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.09 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P74

Method 2, using INTC20 and INTD18, [UPLC Acidic], 471, (1.4) 11.21 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P75

Method 2, using INTC19 and INTD31, [HPLC Acidic], 476, (1.88) 11.37 (s, 1H), 10.13-10.05 (m, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (dd, J = 5.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (dq, J = 10.9, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.35-8.30 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.46 (m, 2H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 1.61 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 6H), 1.45- 1.37 (m, 3H) P76

Method 2, using INTC19 and INTD33, [HPLC Acidic], 458, (2.03) 11.34 (s, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H), 9.08-8.99 (m, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.18 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) P77

Method 2, using INTC19 and INTD12, [HPLC Acidic], 488, (1.79) 11.39 (s, 1H), 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J = 2.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.91-4.82 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.32 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H). P78

Method 2, using INTC19 and INTD35, [HPLC Acidic], 489, (2.26) 11.39 (s, 1H), 9.42 (s, 1H), 8.84-8.81 (m, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.01-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.67 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.45- 5.39 (m, 1H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.39 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 6H) P79

Method 2 using INTC19 and INTD34; [HPLC Acidic], 495, (2.16) 11.37 (s, 1H), 9.60 (s, 1H), 9.11 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 8.63 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.63 (s, 6H). P80

Method 2, using INTC19 and INTD19, [HPLC Acidic], 481, (2.18) 11.35 (s, 1H), 9.58 (s, 2H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.24-8.12 (m, 2H), 7.93-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 6H). P81

Method 2, using INTC19 and INTD18, [HPLC Acidic], 457, (2.11) 11.39 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). P82

Method 2, using INTC25 and INTD18, [UPLC Acidic], 499, (1.56) 10.85 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.61-8.56 (m, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.11- 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.81-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.58 (s, 6H), 1.43-1.36 (m, 12H). P83

Method 2, using INTC28 and INTD18, [UPLC acidic], 481, (1.39) 11.45 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.44 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.13-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.87-7.80 (m, 2H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (s, 1H), 1.66-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.07- 0.99 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.85 (m, 2H). P84

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD44, [UPLC Acidic], 507, (1.36) 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.04 (s, 1H), 9.27 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.98 (dd, J = 2.2, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (dd, J = 2.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.59-8.54 (m, 2H), 8.33 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.11- 2.04 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.16- 1.06 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.88 (m, 5H). P85

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD17, [UPLC Acidic], 537, (1.3) 11.23 (s, 1H), 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.79 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (q, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (dd, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.08 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.90 (m, 5H), 1H obscured by H₂O. P86

Method 3 using INTC37 and a commer- cial aniline; [UPLC Acidic], 439, (0.81) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.96 (s, 1H), 8.94 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.73 (dd, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 2H), 8.14 (ddd, J = 8.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J = 7.9, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.17-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.99-0.86 (m, 5H). P87

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD2, [UPLC Acidic], 508, (1.41) 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.16 (s, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 9.16 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.8 Hz, 2H), 8.61-8.53 (m, 2H), 8.31-8.24 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.06-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.32- 3.26 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.01- 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.17-1.03 (m, 2H), 1.03- 0.85 (m, 5H). P88

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD33, [UPLC Acidic], 484, (1.38) 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.04 (s, 1H), 9.11-9.02 (m, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.53-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.06- 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.15- 2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.17-1.03 (m, 2H), 1.03 0.87 (m, 5H). P89

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD32, [UPLC Acidic], 498, (1.48) 11.23 (s, 1H), 11.03 (s, 1H), 9.05 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25-8.17 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (hept, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.38 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 6H), 1.15- 1.05 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.88 (m, 5H). P90

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD13, [UPLC Acidic], 490, (1.37) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.21 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.63 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (dd, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J = 12.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.91 (m, 5H). P91

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD14; [UPLC Acidic], 554, (1.38) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.20 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 12.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (q, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.15-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.92 (m, 5H), 1H obs- cured by H₂O. P92

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD12, [UPLC Acidic], 514, (1.22) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.17 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 12.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 4.92-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.32 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H), 1.17- 1.09 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.92 (m, 5H). P93

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD50; [UPLC Acidic], 456, (0.85) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.17 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.62-8.54 (m, 2H), 8.11 (dt, J = 8.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 12.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.00- 3.93 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00- 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.03- 0.91 (m, 5H), 1H obscured by H₂O. P94

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD25, [UPLC Acidic], 525, (1.49) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.32 (s, 1H), 9.64 (s, 1H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21-8.09 (m, 2H), 8.06 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.17-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.92 (m, 5H). P95

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD46, [UPLC Acidic], 487, (1.35) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.24 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.03 (m, 2H), 8.00-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.99 (dd, J = 10.2, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.93 (m, 5H). P96

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD24, [UPLC acidic], 501, (1.45) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.24 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.99-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.05-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.17- 1.06 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.89 (m, 5H). P97

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD35, [UPLC Acidic], 515, (1.55) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.24 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J = 12.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 5.45- 5.39 (m, 1H), 4.00 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.39 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 6H), 1.16-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.93 (m, 5H). P98

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD28, [UPLC Acidic], 555, (1.49) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.15 (dd, J = 12.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (q, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.01 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.17-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.90 (m, 5H), 1H obscured by H₂O. P99

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD5, [UPLC Acidic], 463, (1.23) 11.24 (s, 1H), 10.41 (s, 1H), 9.18 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.97 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.63 (dd, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.78- 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.31- 3.26 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.98- 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.00- 0.90 (m, 5H). P100

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD15, [UPLC Acidic], 536, (1.32) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.39 (s, 1H), 8.61-8.53 (m, 2H), 8.36 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.70 (m, 5H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (q, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.88 (m, 5H). P101

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD11, [UPLC Acidic], 496, (1.13) 11.26 (s, 1H), 10.36 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.69 (m, 4H), 7.58-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (hept, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.33-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.32 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H), 1.14- 1.05 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.88 (m, 5H). P102

Method 2, using INTC35 and a commer- cial aniline, [HPLC acidic], 438, (1.31) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.36 (s, 1H), 8.94-8.80 (m, 1H), 8.61-8.47 (m, 2H), 8.09-8.01 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.61 (m, 4H), 7.50-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.79- 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.14- 2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.15- 1.04 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.86 (m, 5H). P103

Method 1 using INTC37 and INTD19, [UPLC Acidic], 507, (1.47) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.52 (s, 1H), 9.58 (s, 1H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.15 (m, 2H), 7.86-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.14-1.03 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.85 (m, 5H). P104

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD22, [UPLC Acidic], 473, (1.4) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H), 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.83-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.88 (m, 5H). P105

Method 1 using INTC37 and INTD18, or Method 5 using INTC46 [UPLC acidic], 483, (1.43) 11.28 (s, 1H), 10.43 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.81-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.13- 1.04 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.85 (m, 5H). P106

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD1, [UPLC Acidic], 469, (1.33) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.78 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.14-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.89 (m, 5H). P107

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD20, [UPLC Acidic], 497, (1.53) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (hept, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.38 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 6H), 1.14-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.87 (m, 5H). P108

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD29, [UPLC Acidic], 537, (1.49) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.46 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.14 (m, 2H), 7.81-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (q, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (dd, J = 8.5, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.14-1.07 (m, 2H), 0.99-0.89 (m, 5H), 1H obscured by H₂O. P109

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD43, [UPLC Basic], 439, (0.87) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 9.22 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (dd, J = 2.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.60-8.53 (m, 2H), 8.15-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.88 (m, 5H). P110

Method 3 using INTC38 and INTD18, [UPLC Acidic], 513, (1.34) 11.28 (s, 1H), 10.47 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.06-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 3H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.03 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.88 (m, 2H). P111

Method 2, using INTC18 and a commer- cial aniline, [UPLC acidic], 424, (0.70) (Methanol-d4) 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.59-8.46 (m, 2H), 8.21-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.81-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08- 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1H), 1.63 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.29-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.88 (m, 2H), 1 exchangeable proton not observed. P112

Method 4 using INTC50 and INTD33 then Method 6 using INTC51 [UPLC acidic], 502 (2.28). 11.50 (s, 1H), 10.60 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.20-0.92 (m, 7H). P113

Method 4 using INTC50 and INTD33 then Method 6 using INTC51 [UPLC acidic], 502, (2.28); [Chiral IC3 HPLC], 10.47 11.50 (s, 1H), 10.60 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 9.11 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.28 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.22- 0.89 (m, 7H). P114

Method 4 using INTC50 and INTD33 then Method 6 using INTC51 [UPLC acidic], 502, (2.28); [Chiral IC3 HPLC], 14.24 11.50 (s, 1H), 10.60 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 9.11 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.25- 0.88 (m, 7H). P115

Method 2 using INTC53 and INTD33, [UPLC, acidic], 528, (1.31) 11.31 (s, 1H), 10.13 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.81-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.09-1.03 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.84 (m, 2H). P117

Method 1 using INTC101 and INTD24, [UPLC acidic], 509, (1.45) 11.77 (s, 1H), 10.98 (s, 1H), 8.92-8.82 (m, 2H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.46 (m, 1H), 4.50 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.22- 3.14 (m, 1H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.16-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 2H). P118

Method 8 using INTC157 and INTD83, [UPLC acidic], 455, (1.17) Reverse Amide 11.23 (s, 1H), 9.28 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.32-8.23 (m, 3H), 8.06 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.54-4.47 (m, 4H), 3.29-3.19 (m, 1H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.06 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.91 (m, 2H). P122

Method 2b using INTC21 and INTD61, [HPLC acidic], 480, (2.22) 11.21 (s, 1H), 10.16 (s, 1H), 9.18 (s, 1H), 9.08 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.17-6.14 (m, 1H), 5.53-5.51 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.04-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.80- 0.74 (m, 2H). P123

Method 2b using INTC69 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 498, (1.45) 11.08 (s, 1H), 10.04 (s, 1H), 9.00 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.48 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.16 (m, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.22-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.04-0.97 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.70 (m, 2H). P124

Method 2b using INTC70 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 552, (1.65) 11.80 (s, 1H), 10.32 (s, 1H), 9.01 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.50 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.10- 3.02 (m, 1H), 1.64 (s, 6H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.07-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.79- 0.71 (m, 2H). P125

Method 2b using INTC21 and INTD54, [UPLC acidic], 480, (1.37) 11.21 (s, 1H), 10.13 (s, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.97 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.45 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.21-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.13-1.04 (m, 4H), 1.04-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.70 (m, 2H) P126

Method 2 using INTC21 and INTD53, [UPLC acidic], 484, (1.34) 11.26 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.30-8.18 (m, 3H), 7.22 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.22-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.08-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.87- 0.81 (m, 2H). P128

Method 2b using INTC21 and INTD55, [UPLC acidic], 497, (1.45) 11.28 (s, 1H), 9.37 (s, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.97-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.28-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.12-1.05 (m, 6H), 1.00-0.95 (m, 2H). P129

Method 2b using INTC69 and INTD24, [UPLC acidic], 515, (1.51) 11.15 (s, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.76- 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.91 (m, 2H). P130

Method 2b using INTC70 and INTD24, [UPLC acidic], 569, (1.7) 11.87 (s, 1H), 9.39 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.04-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.74- 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.22-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.21-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.06-0.96 (m, 2H). P131

Method 2b using INTC21 and INTD52, [HPLC acidic], 479, (2.29) 11.26 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 9.10 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.17-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.83-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.16-6.12 (m, 1H), 5.51-5.49 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.06- 0.97 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.76 (m, 2H). P132

Method 2b using INTC21 and INTD62, [HPLC acidic], 481, (2.29) 11.26 (s, 1H), 9.50 (s, 1H), 9.02 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.11 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.33 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.07-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.86-0.76 (m, 2H). P133

Method 2 using INTC21 and INTD56, [UPLC acidic], 482, (1.28) 11.25 (s, 1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.08-7.99 (m, 3H), 7.77-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.14 (s, 6H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.05-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.76 (m, 2H). P134

Method 2b using INTC69 and INTD18, [UPLC acidic], 497, (1.5) 11.13 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.10-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.81- 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.24-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 6H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.05-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.71 (m, 2H). P135

Method 2b using INTC70 and INTD18, [UPLC acidic], 551, (1.7) 11.85 (s, 1H), 9.49 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.77- 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.15-3.04 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 6H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.09- 1.00 (m, 2H), 0.86-0.74 (m, 2H). P127

Method 2 Using INTC71 and commer- cial aniline, [UPLC acidic], 468, (0.98) 11.19 (s, 1H), 9.37 (s, 1H), 8.94-8.82 (m, 1H), 8.58-8.47 (m, 1H), 8.10-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.61 (m, 4H), 7.52-7.39 (m, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.56 (s, 6H), 1.12- 0.94 (m, 2H), 0.90-0.71 (m, 2H). P136

Method 2 using INTC29 and INTD33, [HPLC acidic], 510, (2.36) 11.24 (s, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H), 9.01 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.60-8.46 (m, 2H), 8.32-8.15 (m, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.42 (m, 3H, oscured by DMSO), 2.28-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.09-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.90-0.79 (m, 2H). P137

Method 2 using INTC53 and INTD18, [UPLC acidic], 525, (1.38) 11.33 (s, 1H), 9.54 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.64-8.57 (m, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.10- 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 2H). P138

Method 2 using INTC76 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 499, (0.75) (both Boc- protected and free amine isolated) 10.35 (s, 1H), 9.04 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.54-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.12 (m, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). 1 × exchangeable NH not observed P139

Method 2 using INTC77 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 625, (1.62) (both Boc- protected and free amine isolated) 9.00 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.39-8.35 (m, 2H), 8.24 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.48- 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.56- 2.50 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.51- 1.43 (m, 12H), 1.33-1.21 (m, 2H), 1.07- 0.99 (m, 2H). P140

Method 2 using INTC77 and INTD33, followed by Boc depro- tection with HCl, [UPLC acidic], 525, (0.86) 11.38 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H), 9.03 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.91-8.76 (m, 2H), 8.65 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.18 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.32-3.23 (m, 3H), 3.14-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.32 (m, 2H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.03 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.87 (m, 2H). P141

Method 2 using INTC72 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 597, (1.55) 11.37 (s, 1H), 10.99 (s, 1H), 9.05 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.57-8.51 (m, 1H), 8.26 (s, 4H), 7.27 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.40 (m, 3H), 4.27 (s, 1H), 3.32-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.37 (m, 12H), 1.10-1.06 (m, 2H), 0.93-0.88 (m, 2H). P142

Method 2 using INTC76 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 599, (1.54) (both Boc- protected and free amine isolated) 11.37 (s, 1H), 10.17 (s, 1H), 9.04 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.88-8.83 (m, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.52-8.47 (m, 1H), 8.28-8.24 (m, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.20 (m, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.37 (m, 12H). P143

Method 2 using INTC53 and INTD24, [UPLC acidic], 543, (1.37) 11.33 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.03-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.79-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.05- 0.98 (m, 2H). P144

Method 7 using INTC88, [UPLC acidic], 532, (1.22) 11.30 (s, 1H), 10.82 (s, 1H), 9.00 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.43 (dd, J = 11.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 4.50 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (s, 1H), 3.42-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.32- 2.23 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.13-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.99 (m, 2H). P145

Method 7 using INTC89, [UPLC acidic], 514, (1.3) 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.03 (s, 1H), 9.06 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.41-3.32 (m, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.16-1.03 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 2H). P146

Method 7 using INTC90, [UPLC acidic], 531, (1.38) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.24 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.07-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.99-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.25-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.13-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.94 (m, 2H). P147

Method 6 using INTC91, [HPLC acidic], 502, (2.03) 11.32 (s, 1H), 10.18 (s, 1H), 9.02 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.32 (m, 5H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.26 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). P148

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD57, [HPLC acidic], 473 ³⁵Cl isotope, (2.02) 11.23 (s, 1H), 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.81-8.79 (m, 1H), 8.36- 8.34 (m, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.27-8.23 (m, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.07-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.32- 3.28 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.99- 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.15-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.01- 0.90 (m, 5H). P149

Method 6 using INTC92 [HPLC acidic], 491 ³⁵Cl isotope, (2.14) 11.50 (s, 1H), 10.58 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.94 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.85-8.82 (m, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.38-8.36 (m, 1H), 8.29 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.45 (m, 1H), 3.50- 3.25 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.39- 2.38 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.14 (m, 1H), 1.12- 1.02 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.90 (m, 4H). P150

Method 6 using INTC176, [HPLC acidic], 498, (2.27) 11.50 (s, 1H), 10.59 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 9.06 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.03 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.50 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J = 5.2, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.24 (m, 2H), 1.19-1.13 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.01 (m, 6H), 1.00-0.90 (m, 4H). P151

Method 2 using INTC74 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 476, (1.38) 11.56 (s, 1H), 10.61 (s, 1H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.77-8.72 (m, 1H), 8.52 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.43 (m, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 2.51-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.26 (m, 1H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P155

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD58, [UPLC acidic], 498, (1.22) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.51 (s, 1H), 8.96 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.90-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.10 (m, 2H), 1.07-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P156

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD54, [UPLC acidic], 480, (1.36) 11.22 (s, 1H), 11.03 (s, 1H), 9.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.94 (dq, J = 13.7, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.13- 1.04 (m, 6H), 1.00-0.88 (m, 5H) P157

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD59, [UPLC acidic], 538, (1.44) 11.23 (s, 1H), 11.07 (s, 1H), 9.15 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.54 (m, 2H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (dd, J = 8.5, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.12- 2.02 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.14- 1.06 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.90 (m, 5H). 1H obscured by H₂O P158

Method 9 using INTC94 and INTD63, [UPLC acidic], 488, (1.17) 11.26 (s, 1H), 10.80 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (dd, J = 11.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.22-7.18 (m, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.13- 2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.15- 1.11 (m, 2H), 1.07-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.97 (t, 3H). 1H obscured by H₂O P159

Method 9 using INTC95 and INTD63, [UPLC acidic], 470, (1.25) 11.23 (s, 1H), 11.06 (s, 1H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.60-8.50 (m, 2H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 4.03-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.14-1.07 (m, 2H), 0.93 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 5H). P160

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD55, [UPLC acidic], 497, (1.43) 11.23 (s, 1H), 10.21 (s, 1H), 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.59-8.53 (m, 2H), 8.07-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J = 12.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.32- 3.26 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.10- 2.00 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.13- 1.05 (m, 6H), 1.03-0.91 (m, 5H). P161

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD27, [UPLC acidic], 497, (1.4) 11.26 (s, 1H), 9.73 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.13-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.17-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.06-0.94 (m, 5H). 1H obscured by H₂O P162

Method 3 using INTC37 and INTD31, [UPLC acidic], 502, (1.27) 11.27 (s, 1H), 10.80 (s, 1H), 9.04-8.98 (m, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (dd, J = 11.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.38-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.19-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.97 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P163

Method 6 using INTC93, [HPLC acidic], 498, (2.30) 11.22 (s, 1H), 10.11 (s, 1H), 9.01 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.21 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.23- 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.07- 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.55 (s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.83 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 0.80-0.74 (m, 2H). P152

Method 6 using INTC96, [UPLC acidic], 516, (1.53) 11.53 (s, 1H), 10.50 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.39 (m, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.15-2.96 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.27-0.96 (m, 7H), 0.79 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H). P153

Method 6 using INTC97, [HPLC acidic], 515, (2.38) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.21 (s, 1H), 8.83 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04-7.93 (m, 3H), 7.28 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.39- 3.30 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.47 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.21-0.92 (m, 7H), 0.81 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). P154

Method 6 using INTC98, [HPLC acidic], 498, (2.30) 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.04 (s, 1H), 9.07 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.57- 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.22-0.94 (m, 7H), 0.79 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). P164

Method 4 using INTC99 and INTD18, [HPLC acidic], 485, (2.05) 11.38 (s, 1H), 10.45 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.13-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.27 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (s, 1H), 4.54-4.43 (m, 2H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.13-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.89-0.78 (m, 2H). P165

Method 2 using INTC74 and INTD33, Chiral IC6 (14.67), [UPLC acidic], 476, (1.36) 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.60 (s, 1H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.76-8.71 (m, 1H), 8.52 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47- 7.43 (m, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P166

Method 2 using INTC74 and INTD33, Chiral IC6 (17.03), [UPLC acidic], 476, (1.36) 11.56 (s, 1H), 10.62 (s, 1H), 9.11 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.77-8.72 (m, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.46- 7.42 (m, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 2.44-2.27 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P167

Method 1 using INTC110 and INTD8, [UPLC acidic], 443 35Cl isotope, (1.26) 10.62 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.26-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.66 (m, 5H), 7.03 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.13-3.08 (m, 1H), 1.08-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.80 (m, 2H). P168

Method 1 using INTC110 and INTD5, [UPLC acidic], 434, (1.14) 10.75 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 9.19 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.97 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.69-8.57 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.62 (m, 5H), 7.02 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.18-3.00 (m, 1H), 1.11-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.93-0.75 (m, 2H). P169

Method 1 using INTC110 and INTD6, [UPLC acidic], 427, (1.16) 10.75 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H), 8.87-8.66 (m, 1H), 8.54 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.58 (m, 5H), 7.01 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.14-3.01 (m, 1H), 1.07-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.93-0.79 (m, 2H). P170

Method 1 using INTC110 and INTD45, [UPLC acidic], 439, (0.88) 10.35 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.65 (m, 6H), 7.60 (dd, J = 2.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.20-3.00 (m, 1H), 1.08-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.80 (m, 2H). P171

Method 1 using INTC110 and commer- cial aniline, [UPLC acidic], 409, (0.7) 10.72 (s, 1H), 10.33 (s, 1H), 8.96-8.79 (m, 1H), 8.54 (dd, J = 4.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.12-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.83-7.60 (m, 5H), 7.51-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.09 (s, 1H), 1.09-0.97 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.79 (m, 2H). P172

Method 10 using INTC110 and INTD19, [UPLC acidic], 478, (1.4) 10.51 (d, J = 20.2 Hz, 2H), 9.58 (s, 1H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.88- 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.3, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.20 3.08 (m, 1H), 1.08-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.94-0.82 (m, 2H). P173

Method 10 using INTC110 and INTD1, [UPLC acidic], 440, (1.25) 10.54 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.07 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.22-3.07 (m, 1H), 1.04 (s, 2H), 0.96-0.75 (m, 2H). P174

Method 10 using INTC110 and commer- cial aniline, [HPLC acidic], 410, (1.64) 10.54 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 9.22 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (dd, J = 2.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.84-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.07 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.15 (s, 1H), 1.03 (s, 2H), 0.93-0.79 (m, 2H). P175

Method 2 using INTC106 and commer- cial aniline, [UPLC acidic], 438, (1.52) 10.63 (s, 1H), 9.68 (s, 1H), 8.96-8.90 (m, 1H), 8.68-8.62 (m, 1H), 8.61-8.55 (m, 1H), 8.19-8.09 (m, 3H), 7.79-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.10 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.79 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.08 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 1.02-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.67 (m, 2H). P176

Method 8 using INTC109 and INTD8, [HPLC basic], 471 35Cl isotope, (2.2) 10.61 (s, 1H), 9.40 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.21 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.71 (m, 5H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.11 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 1.06-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.73 (m, 2H). P177

Method 2 using INTC106 and INTD6, [HPLC acidic], 455, (2.15) 10.61 (s, 1H), 9.39 (s, 1H), 8.84-8.74 (m, 1H), 8.59-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.09-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.83-7.68 (m, 5H), 7.18-7.06 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.74 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.04 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.07-0.92 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.68 (m, 2H). P178

Method 2 using INTC106 and INTD4, [HPLC acidic], 481, (1.83) 10.61 (s, 1H), 9.37 (s, 1H), 8.52-8.37 (m, 1H), 8.30-8.16 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.65 (m, 5H), 7.59-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.07 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.78 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.14 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.08 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.43-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.05-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.71 (m, 2H). P179

Method 2 using INTC106 and commer- cial aniline, [UPLC acidic], 437, (0.92) 10.62 (s, 1H), 9.36 (s, 1H), 8.92-8.81 (m, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.09-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.61 (m, 5H), 7.51-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.06- 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.70 (m, 2H). P180

Method 8 using INTC109 and INTD23, [HPLC basic], 456, (1.90) 10.61 (s, 1H), 9.31-9.25 (m, 2H), 8.73-8.67 (m, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.03-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.79- 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.20-3.08 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.10-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.99-0.87 (m, 2H). P181

Method 8 using INTC109 and INTD19, [UPLC basic], 506, (1.60) 10.58 (s, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.49 (s, 1H), 9.05 (s, 1H), 8.19-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.88- 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.74 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.21-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.09-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.69 (m, 2H). P182

Method 8 using INTC109 and INTD22, [UPLC basic], 472 35Cl isotope, (1.46) 10.59 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.12-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.86- 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.08-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.69 (m, 2H). P183

Method 2 using INTC106 and INTD18, [HPLC acidic], 482, (2.36) 10.60 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.12-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.84- 7.66 (m, 3H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.54-4.39 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.12 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.47-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.04-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.81-0.71 (m, 2H). P184

Method 2 using INTC106 and INTD1, [HPLC acidic], 468, (2.24) 10.60 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.83- 7.70 (m, 3H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.11 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.05- 0.95 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.72 (m, 2H). P185

Method 8 using INTC109 and commer- cial aniline, [UPLC acidic], 438, (1.97) 10.59 (s, 1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 9.21 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.68-8.66 (m, 1H), 8.55 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.10-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.83-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.69 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.12 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.04- 0.92 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.62 (m, 2H). P186

Method 2 using INTC108 and INTD33, [HPLC acidic], 525, (2.23) 10.62 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 9.00 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.74-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.24-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.46 (m, 2H, obscured by DMSO), 2.27-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.06-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.94-0.84 (m, 2H). P187

Method 10 using INTC111 and INTD2, [HPLC acidic], 507, (2.37) 10.98 (s, 1H), 10.58 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 1H), 9.17-9.10 (m, 2H), 8.56 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70- 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dd, J = 8.5, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.29-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.11-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.78 (m, 5H). P188

Method 10 using INTC111 and INTD33, [HPLC acidic], 483, (2.32) 10.86 (s, 1H), 10.48 (s, 1H), 9.05 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.48 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.00- 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.12- 2.02 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.12-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.82 (m, 5H). P189

Method 10 using INTC111 and INTD8, [HPLC acidic], 471 35Cl isotope, (2.26) 10.55 (s, 1H), 10.23 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.21 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.65 (m, 5H), 7.10 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.29-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.80 (m, 5H). P190

Method 10 using INTC111 and INTD24, [HPLC acidic], 500, (2.39) 10.53 (s, 1H), 10.08 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.07-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.95 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.73- 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.96-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.11-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.87 (m, 5H). P191

Method 10 using INTC111 and INTD18, [HPLC acidic], 482, (2.36) 10.54 (s, 1H), 10.27 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.12-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.74-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.29- 3.22 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.96- 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.85 (m, 5H). P192

Method 7 using INTC135, [UPLC acidic], 410, (0.64) 11.01 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.88 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 4.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.05 (ddd, J = 8.0, 2.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.67 (m, 4H), 7.46 (ddd, J = 8.0, 4.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.12- 2.99 (m, 1H), 1.11-1.03 (m, 2H), 0.96- 0.74 (m, 2H). P193

Method 7 using INTC135, [UPLC acidic], 398, (0.55) 10.92 (v. br. s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.88 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.05 (ddd, J = 8.0, 2.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.63 (m, 4H), 7.46 (ddd, J = 8.0, 4.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.42 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.14 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P194

Method 7 using INTC135, [UPLC acidic], 384, (0.55) 11.05 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.05 (ddd, J = 8.0, 2.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.47 (ddd, J = 8.0, 4.7, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H). P195

Method 2 using INTC125 and INTD33, [HPLC acidic], 484, (2.15) 10.97 (s, 1H), 10.13 (s, 1H), 9.00 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.17 (m, 2H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.02-2.95 (m, 1H), 1.66 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.04-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.66 (m, 2H). P196

Method 2 using INTC125 and INTD18, [HPLC acidic], 483, (2.2) 11.03 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 8.11-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.81-7.71 (m, 2H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.00-3.00 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.97 (m, 2H), 0.81-0.66 (m, 2H). P197

Method 2 using INTC127 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 526, (1.31) 11.06 (s, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H), 9.01 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.16 (m, 2H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.79-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.08-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.88- 0.80 (m, 2H). P198

Method 7 using INTC136, [UPLC acidic], 528, (1.36) 10.98 (s, 1H), 10.18 (s, 1H), 9.00 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.16 (m, 2H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.43-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.03-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.29 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.04-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.73-0.64 (m, 2H). P199

Method 7 using INTC136, [HPLC acidic], 502, (1.98) 11.03 (s, 1H), 10.16 (s, 1H), 9.06-8.99 (m, 1H), 8.86-8.82 (m, 1H), 8.52-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.27-8.23 (m, 1H), 8.22-8.14 (m, 2H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.42-3.27 (m, 5H), 3.17- 3.12 (m, 3H), 2.49-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.37- 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.62 (m, 3H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). P200

Method 10 using INTC133 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 502, (1.47) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.62 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.20-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.36 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.23-0.89 (m, 7H). P201

Method 10 using INTC132 and INTD33, [HPLC acidic], 484, (2.15) 11.00 (s, 2H), 9.06 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.22- 8.19 (m, 2H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.87 (m, 5H). P202

Method 10 using INTC132 and INTD18, [HPLC acidic], 483, (2.22) 11.02 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 2H), 8.15-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.81-7.72 (m, 2H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.21-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.07 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.84 (m, 5H). P203

Method 7 using INTC137 [HPLC acidic], 486, (1.98) 11.12 (s, 1H), 10.71 (s, 1H), 9.10 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (s, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.02 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.12-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.93-0.73 (m, 2H). P204

Method 10 using INTC134 and INTD18, [HPLC acidic], 485, (2.05) 11.13 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.89-7.81 (m, 2H), 5.08 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.13-3.03 (m, 1H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.11- 1.00 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.73 (m, 2H). P205

Method 2 using INTC129 and INTD33, [HPLC acidic], 500, (2.16) 11.13 (s, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H), 9.08 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.05 (m, 1H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.83 (m, 2H). P205a

Method 2 using INTC129 and INTD33, Chiral IC4 (4.40), [HPLC acidic], 500, (2.16) 11.13 (s, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H), 9.08 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.05 (m, 1H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.83 (m, 2H). P205b

Method 2 using INTC129 and INTD33, Chiral IC4 (5.04), [HPLC acidic], 500, (2.16) 11.13 (s, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H), 9.08 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.05 (m, 1H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15- 1.04 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.83 (m, 2H). P206

Method 10 using INTC133 and INTD33, Chiral IC5 (12.55), [HPLC acidic], 502, (2.27) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.61 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.34 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.23-0.91 (m, 7H). P207

Method 10 using INTC133 and INTD33, Chiral IC5 (19.98), [HPLC acidic], 502, (2.27) 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.61 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.34 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.20-0.90 (m, 7H). P208

Method 6 using INTC143, [UPLC acidic], 484, (1.32) 11.24 (s, 1H), 10.93 (s, 1H), 9.07 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 0.94-0.88 (m, 2H). P209

Method 1 using INTC156 and INTD74, [UPLC acidic], 499, (1.32) 11.16 (s, 1H), 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.94 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 1H), 4.51 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.16-3.08 (m, 1H), 1.66 (q, J = 4.3 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.40-1.36 (m, 2H), 1.12-1.00 (m, 4H). P210

Method 7 using INTC163, [UPLC acidic], 484, (1.36) 11.31 (s, 1H), 9.38 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 9.19 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.74-8.65 (m, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 5.03-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.52 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.32- 3.24 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.43 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.18-0.89 (m, 7H). P211

Method 1 using INTC162 and INTD78, [HPLC Basic], 524, (1.8) Methanol-d4, 9.22-9.14 (m, 1H), 8.99- 8.92 (m, 1H), 8.51-8.46 (m, 2H), 7.92- 7.89 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.11-4.99 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.31-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.08 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.05-0.93 (m, 2H), 2 × N—H not observed. P212

Method 1 using INTC162 and INTD76 [HPLC Basic], 490 ³⁵Cl isotope, (1.68) Methanol-d4, 8.90-8.78 (m, 1H), 8.70- 8.60 (m, 1H), 8.55-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.27- 8.23 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.70- 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.03 (m, 1H), 5.09- 5.01 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.16- 2.02 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.33- 1.22 (m, 2H), 1.07 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.04-0.95 (m, 2H), 2 × N—H not observed. P213

Method 1 using INTC162 and INTD77, [HPLC Basic], 506, (1.76) Methanol-d4, 9.17 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.96-8.92 (m, 1H), 8.50 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.47-8.44 (m, 1H), 8.11-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.93-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.10-4.98 (m, 1H), 3.31- 3.22 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.06 (m, 1H), 2.03- 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.08 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.03-0.88 (m, 2H), 2 × N—H not observed. P214

Method 1 using INTC162 and INTD79 [HPLC Basic], 472 ³⁵Cl isotope, (1.64) 11.25 (s, 1H), 8.98-8.95 (m, 1H), 8.92- 8.86 (m, 1H), 8.68 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.59-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.36 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.98-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 4.96-4.82 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.06-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.19-0.68 (m, 7H). P215

Method 7 using INTC164, [UPLC acidic], 551, (1.44) 11.28 (s, 1H), 9.12 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.53-8.44 (m, 2H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.88-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.51 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.37-3.33 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.43 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.21-1.03 (m, 4H), 1.00 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P216

Method 7 using INTC165, [HPLC acidic], 501, (2.18) 11.25 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.80- 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.50 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.06- 1.01 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P217

Method 7 using INTC166, [HPLC acidic], 507, (1.37) 11.25 (s, 1H), 9.72 (s, 1H), 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.98 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.35-8.31 (m, 2H), 8.16-8.11 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.95- 4.84 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.05- 1.94 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.16- 1.06 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.92 (m, 5H). P218

Method 7 using INTC167, [UPLC acidic], 497, (1.43) 11.25 (s, 1H), 8.98-8.82 (m, 2H), 8.55 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.29-8.16 (m, 3H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.48-5.36 (m, 1H), 4.93- 4.82 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.04- 1.93 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.40 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.15-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.93 (m, 5H). P219

Method 7 using INTC168, [UPLC acidic], 483, (1.34) 11.24 (s, 1H), 8.98-8.86 (m, 2H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 8.09-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.92-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.51 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.32- 3.22 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.93- 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.42 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.16-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.93 (m, 5H). P220

Method 1 using INTC159 and INTD74, [UPLC acidic], 515, (1.46) 11.21 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.12-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.77- 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.29- 3.22 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 1.42 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.18- 0.96 (m, 4H), 0.81 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). P221

Method 1 using INTC175 and INTD81, [HPLC acidic], 515, (2.3) 10.96 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.06-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.63 (m, 1H), 5.50-5.31 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.09 (m, 1H), 1.69 (s, 6H), 1.40 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 6H), 1.15-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.99 (m, 2H). P222

Method 1 using INTC175 and INTD75, [HPLC acidic], 507, (2.13) 10.94 (s, 1H), 9.71 (s, 1H), 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.33-8.27 (m, 2H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.04 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.03 (m, 1H), 1.73 (s, 6H), 1.10-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.89-0.77 (m, 2H). P223

Method 1 using INTC174 and INTD74, [HPLC acidic], 501, (2.19) 11.04 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.90-8.85 (m, 1H), 8.36-8.30 (m, 2H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.74 (m, 1H), 5.06-4.93 (m, 1H), 4.51 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.25-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.42 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.16-1.10 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P224

Method 1 using INTC174 and INTD74, Chiral IC4 (9.28), [HPLC acidic], 501, (2.19) 11.04 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.41-8.24 (m, 2H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.03 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.72 (m, 1H), 5.03-4.93 (m, 1H), 4.51 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.24-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.09-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). P225

Method 1 using INTC174 and INTD74, Chiral IC4 (19.90), [HPLC acidic], 501, (2.19) 11.04 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.03 (m, 2H), 7.79- 7.74 (m, 1H), 5.02-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.51 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.25-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.11 (m, 2H), 1.11-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H).

2-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-isopropylpyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropanamide P116

A solution of 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-methyl-N-(5-(6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)pyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)propanamide P122 (77 mg, 0.161 mmol) in MeOH/DCM (4:1, 10 mL) was hydrogenated using the H-Cube flow hydrogenation apparatus (10% Pd/C, 30×4 mm, Full hydrogen, 25° C., 1 mL/min). The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (12 g column, 50-100% EtOAc/iso-hexane) to afford 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-isopropylpyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropanamide (21 mg, 0.043 mmol, 27% yield) as a white solid. Rt 2.22 mins (HPLC acidic); m/z 482 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.23 (s, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H), 9.10 (s, 1H), 9.03 (dd, J=2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.52 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (dd, J=8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.10 (m, 2H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.32 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.04-0.97 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.72 (m, 2H).

1-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-oxocyclohexanecarboxamide P226

A solution of HCl (1N in water) (17.19 mL, 17.19 mmol) was added into a stirring solution of 8-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxamide P244 (1.0 g, 1.72 mmol) in THF (30 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 14 days. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic extract was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (40 g cartridge, 0-100% EtOAc/iso-hexanes) to afford 1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-oxocyclohexanecarboxamide (414 mg, 0.762 mmol, 44% yield) as a white solid. Rt 2.03 min (HPLC acidic); m/z 538 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.32 (s, 1H), 10.33 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.31-8.20 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.41 (m, 4H (obscured by DMSO)), 2.39-2.32 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 110-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.82 (m, 2H).

1-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-hydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxamide

NaBH₄ (10.6 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added into a stirring suspension of 1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-oxocyclohexanecarboxamide P226 (100 mg, 0.186 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) and stirred at RT for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (24 g column, 0-100% MeCN/Water 0.1% formic acid) to afford two diastereoisomers of the title compound.

P227—First Eluting Peak from Column

1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxamide (26 mg, 0.048 mmol, 26% yield) as a white solid. Rt 1.85 min (HPLC, acidic); m/z 540 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.24 (s, 1H), 10.05 (s, 1H), 9.06-8.98 (m, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.56-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.60 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 2H), 1.91-1.77 (m, 4H), 1.52-1.37 (m, 5H), 1.07-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.78 (m, 2H).

P228—Second Eluting Peak from Column

1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxamide (23 mg, 0.042 mmol, 22% yield) as a white solid. Rt 1.95 min (HPLC, acidic); m/z 540 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.31 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 9.02 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.48 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 4.51-4.44 (m, 3H), 3.70-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.29 (m, 7H), 1.11-1.05 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.88 (m, 2H).

1-(2-(Cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxamide

NaH(BOAc)₃ (118 mg, 0.558 mmol) was added into a suspension of 1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4-oxocyclohexanecarboxamide (100 mg, 0.186 mmol) P226 and dimethylamine (2M in THF) (0.93 mL, 1.86 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Acidic prep method (5-95% MeCN in water) to afford two diastereoisomers of the title compound.

P229—First Eluting Peak from Prep HPLC

1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxamide (22 mg, 0.037 mmol, 20% yield) as a white solid. Rt 1.40 min (HPLC, acidic); m/z 567 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.17 (s, 1H), 9.02 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.60-8.44 (m, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.20 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.72 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 2H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 2.25 (s, 1H), 1.91 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 2H), 1.79 (t, J=12.6 Hz, 2H), 1.51 (q, J=12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.03-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.73 (m, 2H).

P230—Second Eluting Peak from Prep HPLC

1-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)pyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)-N-(5-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxamide (26 mg, 0.045 mmol, 24% yield) as a white solid. Rt 1.48 min (HPLC, acidic); m/z 567 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.65 (s, 1H), 9.02 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.25-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.02 (t, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 1.87-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.29 (m, 5H), 1.07-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.85 (m, 2H).

Method 11: i-PrMgCl Mediated Amide Coupling from Ester

To an ice cooled solution of aniline (1.1 eq) in THF (10-50 volumes) was added i-PrMgCl (2.0 M in THF, 2.0 eq) dropwise over 5-15 mins to maintain an internal temperature of less than 10° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to RT over 45 mins, then a solution of ester (1.0 eq) in THF (5-20 volumes) was added dropwise over 5-15 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5-15 mins then further i-PrMgCl (2.0 M in THF, 2.0 eq) was added dropwise over 5-20 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 mins and then the solution was slowly poured into 1 M HCl (aq) and extracted with EtOAc. The organics were combined, dried (phase separator) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse or normal phase chromatography or a combination of both.

Reductive Amination General Method:

Method 12: Reductive Amination

To a suspension of aldehyde (1.5 eq) and amine (HCl salt can be used, 1.0 eq) in an organic solvent such as DCM (2-10 volumes) was added AcOH (1.0 eq) at RT and stirred for up to 1 hr. NaBH(OAc)₃ (1-2 eq) was then added and stirring continued for up to 24 hrs and monitored by LCMS. On completion 1% NH₃ in MeOH (10 volumes) was added and the volatiles removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse or normal phase chromatography or a combination of both.

N-(4-(1-((4-(6-Ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-2-fluorobenzyl)amino)propyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopropanesulfonamide P235

A suspension of 4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-2-fluorobenzaldehyde INTD88 (259 mg, 1.05 mmol) and N-(4-(1-aminopropyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopropanesulfonamide INTC162 (300 mg, 1.05 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was treated with AcOH (0.065 mL, 1.14 mmol) and stirred for 15 mins then NaBH(OAc)₃ (223 mg, 1.06 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 hrs. To the reaction mixture was added 1% NH₃ in MeOH (2 mL) and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (12 g cartridge, 15-70% MeCN/10 mM ammonium bicarbonate). The crude material was purified by capture and release on SCX (1 g) eluting with MeOH (20 mL) then removing product with 1% NH₃ in MeOH (30 mL). The crude material was finally purified a second time by chromatography on RP Flash C18 (12 g cartridge, 10-50% MeCN/10 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate) to afford N-(4-(1-((4-(6-ethoxypyrazin-2-yl)-2-fluorobenzyl)amino)propyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopropanesulfonamide (20 mg, 0.031 mmol, 3% yield) as a yellow gum. Rt 2.02 min (HPLC, basic); m/z 487 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.27-8.26 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.52-3.50 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.41 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.13-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.04-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.84 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). Two exchangeable protons not observed.

TABLE 21 Preparation methods and characterisation data of examples P242 onwards Synthesis Method, [LCMS Method], Name/Structure m/z (All examples containing chiral (M + H)⁺, ¹H NMR Chemical Shift Data P# centres are racemates unless stated) (Rt/Min) (DMSO-d6 unless stated) P242

Method 11: using INTC212 and INTD33, [HPLC Acidic], 560, (2.42) 11.33 (s, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H), 9.03 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.19 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.27-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.65- 2.53 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 4H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.11-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.92- 0.83 (m, 2H). P244

Method 11: using INTC214 and INTD33, [HPLC Acidic], 582, (2.20) 11.29 (s, 1H), 10.05 (s, 1H), 9.02 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.11 (m, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 4H), 3.28-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.47 (m, 2H obscured by water peak), 2.27-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.09- 1.00 (m, 2H), 0.94-0.80 (m, 2H). P248

Method R: using INTC204, [HPLC Acidic], 529, (2.10) 11.04 (s, 1H), 10.02 (s, 1H), 9.04 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.57 (m, 4H), 2.84 (s, 6H), 2.47-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). P251

Method 11: using INTC215 and INTD33, [HPLC Acidic], 603, (2.05) 11.33 (s, 1H), 10.27 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.54-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.47-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.10 (t, J = 10.7 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (s, 2H), 2.64-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.37 (m, 3H), 1.32-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.09- 1.04 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.80 (m, 2H). P254

Method 12 using INTC156 and INTD85, [UPLC Basic], 468, (1.07) 11.08 (s, 1H), 9.22 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.50-8.42 (m, 2H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 3.16- 3.13 (m, 1H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38-1.33 (m, 2H), 1.26-1.21 (m, 2H), 1.09-0.99 (m, 4H). One exchangeable proton not observed P255

Method 12 using INTC156 and INTD88, [UPLC Basic], 485, (1.36) 11.06 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 4.53-4.45 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.16-3.12 (m, 1H), 1.44-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.32 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.21 (m, 2H), 1.09- 1.01 (m, 4H). One exchangeable proton not observed P256

Method R using INTC207, [HPLC Acidic], 511, (2.19) 11.23 (s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.51 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.83- 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.22 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.67-6.59 (m, 2H), 6.02 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.27 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.07-0.98 (m, 2H P258

Method 11: using INTC216 and INTD33, [UPLC acidic], 554, (1.32) 11.31 (s, 1H), 10.56 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26-8.20 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.89-3.78 (m, 4H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.99- 2.92 (m, 2H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.01 (m, 2H), 0.94-0.87 (m, 2H). P260

Method 11: using INTC218 and INTD33, [HPLC Acidic], 554, (2.17 and 2.27) 11.26 (s, 1H), 10.04 (s, 1H), 9.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.55- 8.46 (m, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.22- 8.14 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (qd, J = 7.0, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.18 (m, 4H), 2.59 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 2H), 2.40-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.97- 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.11-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.94-0.71 (m, 3H). P261

Method 12 using INTC155 and INTD18, [UPLC Acidic], 455, (1.48) Methanol-d4, 8.45-8.39 (m, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.86-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.69- 6.64 (m, 2H), 4.49 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.45-4.39 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.06-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.44 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.34-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.15 (m, 1H), 1.09 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.07-1.00 (m, 1H), 0.96- 0.86 (m, 1H).

Examples of compounds of formula (I) wherein B is

are disclosed in WO2019/106156 and WO2019/106146. INTE9 and INTB35 are also disclosed therein.

N-((2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)thiazol-4-yl)methyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yl)benzamide R1

A solution of N-(4-(aminomethyl)thiazol-2-yl)cyclopropanesulfonamide INTE9 (64 mg, 0.274 mmol), 4-(pyridin-3-yl)benzoic acid (54.6 mg, 0.274 mmol) and DIPEA (0.14 mL, 0.82 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was treated with HATU (110 mg, 0.288 mmol) and stirred at RT for 18 hrs. EtOAc (20 mL) was added and the organic phase was washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated onto silica (300 mg). The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica (12 g column, 0-7% (0.7 M ammonia/MeOH)/DCM). The crude product was further purified by reverse phase chromatography on C18 silica (12 g column, 10-40% MeCN/water 0.1% formic acid) to afford N-((2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)thiazol-4-yl)methyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yl)benzamide (18 mg, 0.041 mmol, 15% yield) as a colourless solid. Rt 1.08 min (HPLC, HPLC Acidic); m/z 415 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.57 (s, 1H), 9.04-8.94 (m, 2H), 8.62 (dd, J=4.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.17-8.14 (m, 1H), 8.06-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.92-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.48 (m, 1H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 4.35-4.33 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.52 (m, 1H), 0.09-0.87 (m, 4H).

N-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-2-(2-(methylsulfonamido)thiazol-4-yl)acetamide T1

HATU (133 mg, 0.35 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-(2-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)thiazol-4-yl)acetic acid INTB35 (75 mg, 0.32 mmol), [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-amine (53 mg, 0.32 mmol) and DIPEA (166 uL, 0.95 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at RT. The reaction was stirred at RT for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was acidified with addition of formic acid (100 uL), shaken for 5 min then filtered. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Waters, Acidic (0.1% Formic acid), Acidic, Waters X-Select Prep-C18, 5 um, 19×50 mm column, 25-55% MeCN in Water) to afford N-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-2-(2-(methylsulfonamido)thiazol-4-yl)acetamide; Rt 1.26 min (UPLC acidic); m/z 388 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.51 (s, 1H), 10.27 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.58 (m, 5H), 7.53-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H).

TABLE 22 Preparation methods and characterisation data of examples P285 and P287 Synthesis Method, [LCMS Name/Structure Method], (All examples containing chiral m/z centres are racemates unless (M + H)⁺, ¹H NMR Chemical Shift Data P# stated) (Rt/Min) (DMSO-d6 unless stated) P285

Method R using INTC204, [HPLC Acidic], 551, (2.02) 13.00-12.50 (br, s, 1H), 10.18 (s, 1H), 9.04 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.58 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.83- 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). P287

Method R using INTC204, [UPLC Acidic], 525, (1.18) 10.31 (s, 1H), 9.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (d, J = 13.8 Hz, 2H), 2.21-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). 1H not observed, 2H obscured under DMSO peak

Biological Examples

Biological Example 1—Human CTPS1 Enzyme Inhibition

The enzyme inhibitory activities of compounds invented against the target of interest were determined using the ADP-Glo™ Max assay (Promega, UK). Assays for human CTPS1 were performed in 1× assay buffer containing 50 mM Tris, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.01% Tween-20, pH to 8.0 accordingly. Finally, immediately before use, L-cysteine was added to the 1× assay buffer to a final concentration of 2 mM. All reagents are from Sigma-Aldrich unless specified otherwise. Human full length active C-terminal FLAG-Hiss-tag CTPS1 (UniProtKB-P17812, CTPS[1-591]-GGDYKDDDDKGGHHHHHHHH) was obtained from Proteros biostructures GmbH.

Assay Procedure

3× human CTPS1 protein was prepared in 1× assay buffer to the final working protein concentration required for the reaction. A 2 uL volume per well of 3× human CTPS1 protein was mixed with 2 uL per well of 3× test compound (compound prepared in 1× assay buffer to an appropriate final 3× compound concentration respective to the concentration response curve designed for the compounds under test) for 10 minutes at 25° C. The enzymatic reaction was then initiated by addition of a 2 uL per well volume of a pre-mixed substrate mix (UltraPure ATP from ADP-Glo™ Max kit (0.31 mM), GTP (0.034 mM), UTP (0.48 mM) and L-glutamine (0.186 mM)) and the mixture was incubated for an appropriate amount of time within the determined linear phase of the reaction at 25° C. under sealed plate conditions with constant agitation at 500 revolutions per minute (rpm). ADP-Glo™ Max reagent was added for 60 minutes (6 μL per well) and subsequently ADP-Glo™ Max development reagent was added for 60 minutes (12 uL per well) prior to signal detection in a microplate reader (EnVision® Multilabel Reader, Perkin Elmer). Following each reagent addition over the course of the assay, assay plates were pulse centrifuged for 30 seconds at 500 rpm.

In all cases, the enzyme converts ATP to ADP and the ADP-Glo™ Max reagent subsequently depletes any remaining endogenous ATP in the reaction system. The ADP-Glo™ Max detection reagent converts the ADP that has been enzymatically produced back into ATP and using ATP as a substrate together with luciferin for the enzyme luciferase, light is generated which produces a detectable luminescence. The luminescent signal measured is directly proportional to the amount of ADP produced by the enzyme reaction and a reduction in this signal upon compound treatment demonstrates enzyme inhibition. The percentage inhibition produced by each concentration of compound was calculated using the equation shown below:

${\%{Inhibition}} = {1 - {\frac{\left( {{{Me}{an}_{Min}} - {Mean}_{Inh}} \right)}{\left( {{Mean}_{Min} - {Mean}_{{Max})}} \right.} \times 100}}$

Percentage inhibition was then plotted against compound concentration, and the 50% inhibitory concentration (IC₅₀) was determined from the resultant concentration-response curve.

The data for a range of compounds tested are presented below.

TABLE 23 Human CTPS1 Enzyme Inhibition data grouped by potency range (± indicates IC₅₀ in the range of >10 to 20 micromolar, + indicates IC₅₀ in the range >1 to 10 micromolar, ++ indicates IC₅₀ in the range >0.1 to 1 micromolar, +++ indicates IC₅₀ of ≤0.1 micromolar) P CTPS1 P1  ++ P2  +++ P3  +++ P4  ++ P5  + P6  ++ P7  ++ P8  +++ P10  +++ P11  +++ P12  +++ P13  ++ P14  ++ P15  + P16  ++ P17  + P18  +++ P19  +++ P20  +++ P21  +++ P22  ++ P23  ++ P24  ++ P25  ++ P26  ++ P27  +++ P28  ++ P29  + P30  +++ P31  +++ P32  +++ P33  +++ P34  +++ P35  ++ P36  + P37  +++ P38  +++ P39  +++ P40  ++ P41  +++ P42  + P43  ++ P44  ++ P45  ++ P46  ++ P47  +++ P48  ++ P49  +++ P50  + P51  ++ P52  ++ P53  ++ P54  ++ P55  +++ P56  ++ P57  ++ P58  ++ P59  + P60  + P61  + P62  + P63  ± P64  +++ P65  +++ P66  ++ P67  +++ P68  ++ P69  ++ P70  + P71  + P72  ++ P73  ++ P74  ++ P75  ++ P76  ++ P77  + P78  ++ P79  ++ P80  ++ P81  +++ P82  + P83  +++ P84  ++ P85  ++ P86  + P87  +++ P88  +++ P89  +++ P90  ++ P91  ++ P92  ++ P93  + P94  +++ P95  +++ P96  +++ P97  +++ P98  +++ P99  ++ P100 ++ P101 ++ P102 ++ P103 ++ P104 ++ P105 +++ P106 +++ P107 +++ P108 +++ P109 ++ P110 +++ P111 ++ P112 +++ P113 +++ P114 +++ P115 +++ P116 ++ P117 +++ P118 +++ P122 ++ P123 ++ P124 ++ P125 ++ P126 +++ P128 ++ P129 ++ P130 ++ P131 ++ P132 ++ P133 + P134 ++ P135 ++ P136 +++ P137 +++ P138 ++ P139 ++ P140 ++ P141 ++ P142 ++ P143 +++ P144 +++ P145 +++ P146 +++ P147 ++ P148 +++ P149 +++ P150 +++ P151 +++ P152 +++ P153 +++ P154 +++ P155 +++ P156 +++ P157 +++ P158 ++ P159 +++ P160 +++ P161 +++ P162 +++ P163 +++ P164 +++ P165 +++ P166 +++ P167 ++ P168 ++ P169 ++ P170 ++ P171 + P172 ++ P173 +++ P174 + P175 + P176 + P177 + P178 + P179 + P180 + P181 + P182 ++ P183 ++ P184 ++ P185 + P186 +++ P187 ++ P188 +++ P189 + P190 ++ P191 ++ P192 + P193 + P194 58.6 uM P195 +++ P196 +++ P197 +++ P198 +++ P199 ++ P200 +++ P201 +++ P202 +++ P203 +++ P204 +++ P205 +++ P206 +++ P207 +++ P208 +++ P209 ++ P210 ++ P211 ++ P212 ++ P213 ++ P214 ++ P215 ++ P216 +++ P217 ++ P218 +++ P219 ++ P220 ++ P221 ++ P222 ++ P223 ++ P224 ++ P225 +++ R1 ++ T1 +

TABLE 24 Human CTPS1 Enzyme Inhibition data grouped by potency range (±indicates IC₅₀ in the range of > 10 to 20 micromolar, + indicates IC₅₀ in the range > 1 to 10 micromolar, ++ indicates IC₅₀ in the range > 0.1 to 1 micromolar, +++ indicates IC₅₀ of ≤ 0.1 micromolar) P CTPS1 P226 +++ P227 +++ P228 + P229 +++ P230 +++ P235 ++ P242 +++ P244 +++ P248 ++ P251 +++ P254 ++ P255 ++ P256 ++ P258 +++ P260 +++ P261 ++

The data for all compounds of formula (I) tested when R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN are presented below.

TABLE 25 Human CTPS1 Enzyme Inhibition data grouped by potency range (+++ indicates IC₅₀ of ≤ 0.1 micromolar) P CTPS1 P285 +++ P287 +++

Compounds of the invention may be expected to have utility in the inhibition of CTPS1. The compounds of the invention are also expected to have utility as research tools, for example, for use in CTPS assays.

Biological Example 2—RapidFire/MS-Based Enzyme Selectivity Assays.

Human CTPS1 Versus CTPS2 Selectivity Assessment by RapidFire/MS Analysis.

The enzyme inhibitory activities against each target isoform of interest may be determined for the compounds of the invention using an optimised RapidFire high-throughput mass spectrometry (RF/MS) assay format. RF/MS assays for both human CTPS1 and CTPS2 may be performed in assay buffer consisting of 50 mM HEPES (Merck), 20 mM MgCl₂, 5 mM KCl, 1 mM DTT, 0.01% Tween-20, pH to 8.0 accordingly. Human full-length active C-terminal FLAG-His-tag CTPS1 (UniProtKB-P17812, CTPS[1-591]-GGDYKDDDDKGGHHHHHHHH) may be obtained from Proteros biostructures GmbH. Human full length active C-terminal FLAG-His-Avi tagged CTPS2 (UniProtKB-Q9NRF8, CTPS2 [1-586]-DYKDDDDKHHHHHHGLNDIFEAQKIEWHE) may be obtained from Harker Bio.

Assay Procedure

Human CTPS (1 or 2) protein may be prepared in 1× assay buffer to the final working protein concentration required for the reaction. A 2 uL volume per well of 2×CTPS (1 or 2) protein may be mixed with 40 nL of compound using acoustic (ECHO) delivery and incubated for 10 minutes at 25° C. Each isoform enzymatic reaction may be subsequently initiated by addition of 2 uL per well of a 2× substrate mix in assay buffer. For hCTPS1: ATP (0.3 mM), UTP (0.2 mM), GTP (0.07 mM) and L-glutamine (0.1 mM). For hCTPS2: ATP (0.1 mM), UTP (0.04 mM), GTP (0.03 mM) and L-glutamine (0.1 mM). Each mixture may be incubated for an appropriate amount of time per isoform within the determined linear phase of the reaction at 25° C. A 60 uL volume of stop solution (1% formic acid with 0.5 uM ¹³C₉-¹⁵N₃-CTP in H₂O) may be added and the plate immediately heat-sealed and centrifuged for 10 minutes at 4,000 rpm. Following centrifugation, plates may be loaded onto the Agilent RapidFire microfluidic solid phase extraction system coupled to an AP14000 triple quadrupole mass spectrometer (RF/MS) for analysis.

In all cases, the enzyme converts UTP to CTP. Highly specific and sensitive multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) MS methods may be optimised for the detection of the enzymatic reaction product, CTP, and the stable isotope labelled product standard ¹³C₉-¹⁵N₃-CTP. Readout for data analysis may be calculated as the ratio between the peak area of the product CTP and the internal standard ¹³C₉-¹⁵N₃-CTP. For data reporting, the following equation may be used:

$R = \frac{P}{IS}$

(R=ratio/readout, P=product signal area, IS=internal standard signal area)

For each screening plate, the means of the negative (DMSO) and positive control values were used for the calculation of the respective assay window (S/B) and Z′ values. The median of the respective control values was used for calculation of percent inhibition according to the following equation:

$I = {\frac{R_{neg} - R_{sample}}{\left\lbrack {R_{neg} - R_{pos}} \right\rbrack}\%}$

(I=Inhibition, R_(neg)=median of negative control readout values, R_(pos)=median of positive control readout values, R_(sample) sample readout value)

Percentage inhibition was then plotted against compound concentration, and the 50% inhibitory concentration (IC₅₀) was determined from the resultant concentration-response curve.

Fold selectivity between CTPS1 and CTPS2 was subsequently calculated according to the following equation:

${{Fold}{selectivity}} = \frac{{CTPS}2{IC}_{50}}{{CTPS}1{IC}_{50}}$

The data for certain compounds tested are presented below.

TABLE 26 Selectivity data split into grouping of 2-30 fold (+), >30-60 fold (++) or >60 fold (+++) P Selectivity P1 + P2 +++ P9 +++ P12 ++ P16 ++ P18 ++ P21 ++ P31 +++ P34 + P38 + P39 + P59 + P65 ++ (n = 6) + (n = 8) P68 ++ P70 + P74 ++ P76 ++ P83 +++ P87 ++ P88 +++ P89 +++ P95 + P96 + P98 +++ P103 + P105 ++ P108 +++ P110 ++ P112 ++ P113 + P114 +++ P115 +++ P118 +++ P125 ++ P128 + P132 ++ P136 +++ P143 +++ P145 +++ P146 +++ P151 +++ P155 + P158 + P159 +++ P161 + P162 ++ P163 +++ P164 + P188 ++ P191 ++ P195 +++ P196 +++ P197 +++ P198 +++ P200 ++ P201 +++ P202 +++ P205a +++ P205b ++ P206 +++ P207 + P216 +++ P221 + P222 +

The data for all compounds of formula (I) tested wherein R₁ is R_(1a); and/or R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a); and/or A is A_(a) are presented below.

TABLE 27 Selectivity data split into grouping of 2-30 fold (+), >30-60 fold (++) or >60 fold (+++) P Selectivity P226 +++ P227 +++ P228 + P229 +++ P230 +++ P242 +++ P244 +++ P248 +++ P251 +++

The data for all compounds of formula (I) tested when R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN are presented below.

TABLE 28 Selectivity data: >60 fold (+++) P CTPS1 P287 +++

The compound of formula (I) tested in the assay described in Biological Example 2 was found to have selectivity for CTPS1 of over 60 fold. Compounds having a selectivity for CTPS1 may be expected to have utility in the treatment of diseases whereby a selective CTPS1 compound is beneficial.

Throughout the specification and the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word ‘comprise’, and variations such as ‘comprises’ and ‘comprising’, will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer, step, group of integers or group of steps but not to the exclusion of any other integer, step, group of integers or group of steps.

The application of which this description and claims forms part may be used as a basis for priority in respect of any subsequent application. The claims of such subsequent application may be directed to any feature or combination of features described herein. They may take the form of product, composition, process, or use claims and may include, by way of example and without limitation, the claims which follow.

All publications, including but not limited to patents and patent applications, cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference herein as though fully set forth.

Clauses of the Invention:

Clause 1. A compound of formula (I):

wherein

-   -   A is Aa or A_(b);     -   wherein         -   A_(a) is an amine linker having the following structure:             —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—;         -   A_(b) is an amide linker having the following structure:             —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—;     -   B is

-   -   -   X is N or CH;         -   Y is N or CR₂;         -   Z is N or CR₃;             -   with the proviso that when at least one of X or Z is N,                 Y cannot be N;

    -   R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or         (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN;

    -   R₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl or         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl;

    -   R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OCH₃, CF₃ or OCF₃;         -   wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H;

    -   R_(3′) is H, halo, CH₃, OC₁₋₂alkyl or CF₃; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, additionally R_(3′) together with R₅             forms a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or 5 or 6 membered             oxygen-containing heterocycloalkyl;

    -   R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), or R_(4b) and R_(5b);         -   wherein         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is:             -   substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl,                 C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and                 NR₂₁R₂₂; or             -   one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is a spiro                 centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by                 the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl                 ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the                 C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with                 the carbon atom to which they are attached may be                 substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of             the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre             such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring             or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together             with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be             substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent             being independently selected from the group consisting of             C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one             nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by             —S(O)₂R₂₉; or

    -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) are each independently H, C₁₋₆alkyl,         C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,         C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R₄         and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached         form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo,             OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂;

    -   Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl;

    -   Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl and is attached to Ar1 in         the para position relative to group A;

    -   R₁₀ is H, halo, C₁₋₃alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl,         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl or CN;

    -   R₁₁ is H, F, Cl, C₁₋₂alkyl, CF₃, OCH₃ or CN;

    -   R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to         Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl,         C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl,         OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl,         hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂,         NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, —NH— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and             a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at             the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a             nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide             (N⁺—O⁻);

    -   R₁₃ is H or halo;

    -   R₂₁ is H, C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl;

    -   R₂₂ is H or CH₃;

    -   R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; and

    -   R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl;

    -   R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is         optionally substituted by CH₃, or CF₃;

    -   R₃₂ is C₁₋₃alkyl and R₃₃ is C₁₋₃alkyl; or

    -   R₃₂ and R₃₃ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are         attached form a C₃₋₅heterocycloalkyl;

    -   or a salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.

Clause 2. The compound according to clause 1 wherein A is —C(═O)NH—.

Clause 3. The compound according to clause 1 wherein A is —NHC(═O)—.

Clause 4. The compound according to clause 1 wherein A is —NH—.

Clause 5. The compound according to clause 1 wherein A is —CH₂NH—.

Clause 6. The compound according to clause 1 wherein A is —NHCH₂—.

Clause 7. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6 wherein X is N.

Clause 8. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6 wherein X is CH.

Clause 9. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6 or 8 wherein Y is N.

Clause 10. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 8 wherein Y is CR₂.

Clause 11. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 8 or 10 wherein Z is N.

Clause 12. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 10 wherein Z is CR₃.

Clause 13. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6 wherein X is N, Y is CR₂ and Z is N.

Clause 14. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6 wherein X is N, Y is CR₂ and Z is CR₃.

Clause 15. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6 wherein X is CH, Y is N and Z is CR₃.

Clause 16. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6 wherein X is CH, Y is CR₂ and Z is CR₃.

Clause 17. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6 wherein X is CH, Y is CR₂ and Z is N.

Clause 18. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 17 wherein R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl substituted by CN.

Clause 19. The compound according to clause 18 wherein R₁ is C₁₋₃alkyl substituted by CN.

Clause 20. The compound according to clause 19 wherein R₁ is:

Clause 21. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 17 wherein R₁ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which is substituted by a CN.

Clause 22. The compound according to clause 21 wherein R₁ is C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN.

Clause 23. The compound according to clause 21 wherein R₁ is C₁alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN.

Clause 24. The compound according to clause 23 wherein the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN.

Clause 25. The compound according to clause 21 wherein R₁ is C₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN.

Clause 26. The compound according to clause 25 wherein the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN.

Clause 27. The compound according to clause 21 wherein R₁ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN.

Clause 28. The compound according to clause 27 wherein the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN.

Clause 29. The compound according to clause 21 wherein R₁ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₄cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN.

Clause 30. The compound according to clause 29 wherein the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN.

Clause 31. The compound according to clause 21 wherein R₁ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₅cycloalkyl, which is substituted by a CN.

Clause 32. The compound according to clause 31 wherein the cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN.

Clause 33. The compound according to clause 21 wherein the CN is at the point of attachment of the C₃₋₅cycloalkyl to the C₀₋₂alkylene.

Clause 34. The compound according to clause 21 wherein R₁ is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl substituted by a CN at the point of attachment.

Clause 35. The compound according to clause 34 wherein R₁ is cyclopropyl substituted by a CN at the point of attachment.

Clause 36. The compound according to clause 21 wherein R₁ is:

Clause 37. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 36 wherein R₂ is H.

Clause 38. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 36 wherein R₂ is halo, such as F, Cl or Br e.g. Cl or Br.

Clause 39. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 36 wherein R₂ is C₁₋₂alkyl such as CH₃.

Clause 40. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 36 wherein R₂ is OC₁₋₂alkyl such as OCH₃.

Clause 41. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 36 wherein R₂ is C₁₋₂haloalkyl such as CF₃.

Clause 42. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 36 wherein R₂ is OC₁₋₂haloalkyl such as OCF₃.

Clause 43. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 42 wherein R₃ is H.

Clause 44. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 42 wherein R₃ is halo.

Clause 45. The compound according to clause 44 wherein R₃ is fluoro.

Clause 46. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 42 wherein R₃ is CH₃.

Clause 47. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 42 wherein R₃ is OCH₃.

Clause 48. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 42 wherein R₃ is CF₃.

Clause 49. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 42 wherein R₃ is OCF₃.

Clause 50. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 49 wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H.

Clause 51. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a).

Clause 52. The compound according to clause 51 wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂.

Clause 53. The compound according to clause 52 wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is substituted by one substituent.

Clause 54. The compound according to either clause 52 or 53 wherein each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂.

Clause 55. The compound according to clause 54 wherein each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, OH, halo, OC₁₋₃alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂.

Clause 56. The compound according to clause 55 wherein each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, OH, fluoro and NR₂₁R₂₂.

Clause 57. The compound according to clause 51 wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl wherein one of the carbons of the C₃₋₅cycloalkyl is a spiro centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the C₃₋₅cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl.

Clause 58. The compound according to clause 51 wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₅cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl.

Clause 59. The compound according to either clause 57 or 58 wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl which is substituted by one substituent.

Clause 60. The compound according to either clause 57 or 58 wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl which is unsubstituted.

Clause 61. The compound according to any one of clauses 57, 58 or 59 wherein each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₂alkyl or OCH₃.

Clause 62. The compound according to any one of clauses 57 to 61 wherein a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring.

Clause 63. The compound according to any one of clauses 57 to 61 wherein a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring.

Clause 64. The compound according to any one of clauses 57 or 59 to 63 wherein the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is cyclopropyl.

Clause 65. The compound according to any one of clauses 57 or 59 to 63 wherein the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is cyclobutyl.

Clause 66. The compound according to any one of clauses 57 or 59 to 63 wherein the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is cyclopentyl.

Clause 67. The compound according to any one of clauses 57 or 59 to 63 wherein the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is cyclohexyl.

Clause 68. The compound according to any one of clauses 58 to 63 wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is heterocyclopropyl.

Clause 69. The compound according to any one of clauses 58 to 63 wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is heterocyclobutyl.

Clause 70. The compound according to any one of clauses 58 to 63 wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is heterocyclopentyl.

Clause 71. The compound according to any one of clauses 58 to 63 wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is heterocyclohexyl.

Clause 72. The compound according to any one of clauses 57 or 59 to 67 wherein one of the carbons is quaternary and is attached to a 5-membered dioxalane ring to form the following structure:

wherein m is 1 or 2 and n is 0, 1 or 2.

Clause 73. The compound according to any one of clauses 52 to 56 wherein R₂₁ is H.

Clause 74. The compound according to any one of clauses 52 to 56 wherein R₂₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl.

Clause 75. The compound according to any one of clauses 52 to 56 wherein R₂₁ is C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, such as C(O)CH₃.

Clause 76. The compound according to any one of clauses 52 to 56 wherein R₂₁ is C(O)OC₅alkyl, such as C(O)OCH₃ or C(O)Otert-butyl.

Clause 77. The compound according to any one of clauses 52 to 56 or 73 to 76 wherein R₂₂ is H.

Clause 78. The compound according to any one of clauses 52 to 56 or 73 to 76 wherein R₂₂ is CH₃.

Clause 79. The compound according to clause 51 wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by —S(O)₂R₂₉.

Clause 80. The compound according to clause 79 wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is piperidinyl and the nitrogen atom is in the 4-position relative to the quaternary carbon:

Clause 81. The compound according to either clause 79 or 80 wherein R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl.

Clause 82. The compound according to clause 81 wherein R₂₉ is methyl.

Clause 83. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ and R₅ are R_(4b) and R_(5b).

Clause 84. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is H.

Clause 85. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is C₁₋₆alkyl.

Clause 86. The compound according to clause 85 wherein R₄ is methyl or ethyl.

Clause 87. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is C₁₋₆alkylOH.

Clause 88. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is C₁₋₆haloalkyl such as CF₃.

Clause 89. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

Clause 90. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl.

Clause 91. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl.

Clause 92. The compound according to clause 91 wherein R₄ is C₂alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl.

Clause 93. The compound according to clause 92 wherein R₄ is CH₂CH₂OCH₃.

Clause 94. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is halo.

Clause 95. The compound according to clause 94 wherein R₄ is fluoro.

Clause 96. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, such as OC₁₋₄haloalkyl.

Clause 97. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

Clause 98. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl.

Clause 99. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is OC₁₋₆alkyl, in particular OC₁₋₄alkyl.

Clause 100. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is NR₂₁R₂₂.

Clause 101. The compound according to clause 100 wherein R₂₁ is H, CH₃, C(O)CH₃, C(O)OCH₃ or C(O)Otert-butyl.

Clause 102. The compound according to either clause 100 or 101 wherein R₂₂ is H or CH₃ such as H.

Clause 103. The compound according to any one of clauses 100 to 102 wherein R₂₁ is C(O)OCH₃ and R₂₂ is H, R₂₁ is C(O)CH₃ and R₂₂ is H, R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both CH₃, or R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both H.

Clause 104. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is H, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl.

Clause 105. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ is halo, OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl or NR₂₁R₂₂.

Clause 106. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is H.

Clause 107. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is C₁₋₆alkyl.

Clause 108. The compound according to clause 107 wherein R₅ is methyl or ethyl.

Clause 109. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is C₁₋₆alkylOH.

Clause 110. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is C₁₋₆haloalkyl such as CF₃.

Clause 111. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

Clause 112. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl.

Clause 113. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, such as C₂alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl e.g. CH₂CH₂OCH₃.

Clause 114. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is halo.

Clause 115. The compound according to clause 114 wherein R₅ is fluoro.

Clause 116. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, such as OC₁₋₄haloalkyl.

Clause 117. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

Clause 118. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl.

Clause 119. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is OC₁₋₆alkyl, in particular OC₁₋₄alkyl.

Clause 120. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is NR₂₁R₂₂.

Clause 121. The compound according to clause 120 wherein R₂₁ is H, CH₃, C(O)CH₃, C(O)OCH₃ or C(O)Otert-butyl.

Clause 122. The compound according to either clause 120 or 121 wherein R₂₂ is H or CH₃ such as H.

Clause 123. The compound according to any one of clauses 120 to 122 wherein R₂₁ is C(O)OCH₃ and R₂₂ is H, R₂, is C(O)CH₃ and R₂₂ is H, R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both CH₃, or R₂₁ and R₂₂ are both H.

Clause 124. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is H, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl.

Clause 125. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 105 wherein R₅ is halo, OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl or NR₂₁R₂₂.

Clause 126. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 or 106 wherein R₄ and R₅ are both H.

Clause 127. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 86 or 108 wherein R₄ and R₅ are both methyl.

Clause 128. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 86 or 108 wherein R₄ and R₅ are both ethyl.

Clause 129. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 125 wherein R₄ and R₅ are both fluoro.

Clause 130. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 95 or 115 wherein R₄ is ethyl and R₅ is H.

Clause 131. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 125 wherein R₄ is fluoro and R₅ is ethyl.

Clause 132. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 or 84 to 125 wherein R₄ is CH₂CH₂OCH₃ and R₅ is H.

Clause 133. The compound according to any one of clauses 130 to 132 wherein R₄ and R₅ are arranged in an S configuration.

Clause 134. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

Clause 135. The compound according to clause 134 wherein R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl ring or a cyclopentyl ring, such as a cyclopentyl ring.

Clause 136. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 50 wherein R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, such as heterocyclohexyl, such as tetrahydropyranal.

Clause 137. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 136 wherein Ar1 is phenyl.

Clause 138. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 136 wherein Ar1 is 2-pyridyl.

Clause 139. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 136 wherein Ar1 is 3-pyridyl.

Clause 140. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 139 wherein Ar2 is 3-pyridyl.

Clause 141. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 139 wherein Ar2 is 2,5-pyrazinyl.

Clause 142. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 141 wherein R₁₀ is H.

Clause 143. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 141 wherein R₁₀ is halo such as fluoro or chloro.

Clause 144. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 141 wherein R₁₀ is C₁₋₃alkyl.

Clause 145. The compound according to clause 144 wherein R₁₀ is C₁₋₂alkyl such as CH₃.

Clause 146. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 141 wherein R₁₀ is C₁₋₂ haloalkyl such as CF₃.

Clause 147. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 141 wherein R₁₀ is OC₁₋₂alkyl such as OCH₃.

Clause 148. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 141 wherein R₁₀ is OC₁₋₂haloalkyl such as OCF₃.

Clause 149. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 141 wherein R₁₀ is CN.

Clause 150. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 149 wherein R₁₁ is H.

Clause 151. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 149 wherein R₁₁ is F.

Clause 152. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 149 wherein R₁₁ is Cl.

Clause 153. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 149 wherein R₁₁ is C₁₋₂alkyl.

Clause 154. The compound according to clause 153 wherein R₁₁ is CH₃.

Clause 155. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 149 wherein R₁₁ is CF₃.

Clause 156. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 149 wherein R₁₁ is OCH₃.

Clause 157. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 149 wherein R₁₁ is CN.

Clause 158. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is H.

Clause 159. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is halo such as fluoro or chloro.

Clause 160. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is C₁₋₄alkyl such as CH₃.

Clause 161. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is C₂₋₄alkenyl.

Clause 162. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl such as C₀alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl.

Clause 163. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is OC₁₋₄alkyl such as methoxy, ethoxy or isopropoxy.

Clause 164. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl such as OC₀alkyleneC₃cycloalkyl.

Clause 165. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is C₁₋₄haloalkyl such as CF₃.

Clause 166. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is OC₁₋₄haloalkyl such as OCH₂CF₃ or OCHF₂.

Clause 167. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is OH.

Clause 168. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is C₁₋₄alkylOH.

Clause 169. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl.

Clause 170. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl.

Clause 171. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is NR₂₃R₂₄.

Clause 172. The compound according to clause 171 wherein R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl such as H or CH₃.

Clause 173. The compound according to clause 171 or 172 wherein R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl such as CH₃ or ethyl.

Clause 174. The compound according to any one of clauses 171 to 173 wherein R₂₃ is H and R₂₄ is ethyl; or R₂₃ is CH₃ and R₂₄ is CH₃.

Clause 175. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is CN.

Clause 176. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂.

Clause 177. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at the point of attachment to Ar2.

Clause 178. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ together with a nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide (N⁺—O⁻).

Clause 179. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 157 wherein R₁₂ is C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂.

Clause 180. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 179 wherein R₁₃ is H.

Clause 181. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 179 wherein R₁₃ is halo such as fluoro or chloro e.g. fluoro.

Clause 182. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 181 when R₁ is methyl, at least one of R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂ and R₁₃ is other than H.

Clause 183. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 182 wherein at least one, such as only one, nitrogen atom in any of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl rings, such as only one of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl rings is substituted, for example by C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)H, C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)OBz, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkyl, C(O)NHC₁₋₄alkylaryl such as C(O)NHBz, an Fmoc group, C(O)C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₄haloalkyl or C(O)NHC₁₋₄haloalkyl, such as C(O)OtBu.

Clause 184. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 182 wherein all nitrogen atoms in all C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl rings are not substituted.

Clause 185. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 184 wherein at least one, such as only one, sulphur atom in any of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl rings, such as only one of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl rings is substituted, for example by one oxygen atom to form S═O or by two oxygen atoms to form S(O)₂.

Clause 186. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 184 wherein all sulphur atoms in all C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl rings are not substituted.

Clause 187. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 186 which is a compound of formula (I):

wherein

-   -   A is A_(a) or A_(b);     -   wherein         -   A_(a) is an amine linker having the following structure:             —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—;         -   A_(b) is an amide linker having the following structure:             —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—;         -   X is N or CH;         -   Y is N or CR₂;         -   Z is N or CR₃;             -   with the proviso that when at least one of X or Z is N,                 Y cannot be N;     -   R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or         (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN;     -   R₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl or         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl;     -   R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OCH₃, CF₃ or OCF₃;         -   wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H;     -   R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), or R_(4b) and R_(5b);         -   wherein         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is:             -   substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl,                 C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,                 OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and                 NR₂₁R₂₂; or             -   one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is a spiro                 centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by                 the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl                 ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the                 C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with                 the carbon atom to which they are attached may be                 substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent                 being independently selected from the group consisting                 of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of             the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre             such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring             or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the             C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together             with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be             substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent             being independently selected from the group consisting of             C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or         -   R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which             they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one             nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by             —S(O)₂R₂₉; or     -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) are each independently H, C₁₋₆alkyl,         C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,         C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R₄         and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached         form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R_(4b) and R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo,             OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl,             OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂;     -   Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl;     -   Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl and is attached to Ar1 in         the para position relative to group A;     -   R₁₀ is H, halo, C₁₋₃alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl,         OC₁₋₂haloalkyl or CN;     -   R₁₁ is H, F, Cl, Cl₂alkyl, CF₃, OCH₃ or CN;     -   R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to         Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl,         C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl,         OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl,         hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂,         NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄; and         -   when A is —NHC(═O)—, —NH— or —NHCH₂—:         -   R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and             a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at             the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a             nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide             (N⁺—O⁻);     -   R₁₃ is H or halo;     -   R₂₁ is H, C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl;     -   R₂₂ is H or CH₃;     -   R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; and     -   R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl;     -   R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is         optionally substituted by CH₃, or CF₃;     -   R₃₂ is C₁₋₃alkyl and R₃₃ is C₁₋₃alkyl; or     -   R₃₂ and R₃₃ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are         attached form a C₃₋₅heterocycloalkyl;     -   or a salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.

Clause 188. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 186 wherein B is

Clause 189. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 188 wherein R_(3′) is H, halo, CH₃, OC₁₋₂alkyl or CF₃ e.g. H.

Clause 190. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 188 wherein A is —NHC(═O)— and R_(3′) together with R₅ forms a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or 5 or 6 membered oxygen-containing heterocycloalkyl.

Clause 191. The compound of examples P285 or P287.

Clause 192. A compound of formula (II):

wherein R₁, B, R₄ and R₅ are as defined in any preceding clause and R is H, C₁₋₆alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl) or benzyl, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 193. A compound of formula (XX):

wherein Ar1, Ar2, R₁, B, R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂ and R₁₃ are as defined in any preceding clause and P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 194. A compound of formula (XXIV):

wherein Ar1, Ar2, A, R₁, B, R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂ and R₁₃ are as defined in any preceding clause and P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 195. A compound of formula (XXXXII):

wherein R₁, B, R₄ and R₅ are as defined in any preceding clause, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 196. A compound of formula (LVIII):

wherein R₁, Ar1, A, B, R₄ and R₅ are as defined in any preceding clause, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 197. A compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 191, for use as a medicament.

Clause 198. The compound according to clause 197, for use in the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject.

Clause 199. The compound according to clause 197, for use in the reduction of T-cell and/or B-cell proliferation in a subject.

Clause 200. The compound according to clause 197, for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of: inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis or lichen planus; acute and/or chronic GVHD such as steroid resistant acute GVHD; acute lymphoproliferative syndrome (ALPS); systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis or cutaneous lupus; or transplantation.

Clause 201. The compound according to clause 197, for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, and scleroderma/systemic sclerosis.

Clause 202. A method for the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject, which comprises administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 191.

Clause 203. Use of a compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 191, in the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of CTPS1 in a subject.

Clause 204. A compound according to clause 197, for use in the treatment of cancer.

Clause 205. A method for treating cancer in a subject, by administering to a subject in need thereof a compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 191.

Clause 206. Use of a compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 191, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer in a subject.

Clause 207. The compound according to clause 204, the method according to clause 205 or the use according to clause 206 wherein the cancer is a haematological cancer.

Clause 208. The compound, method or use according to clause 207 wherein the haematological cancer is selected from the group consisting of Acute myeloid leukemia, Angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma, B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, Sweet Syndrome, T-cell Non-Hodgkins lymphoma (including natural killer/T-cell lymphoma, adult T-cell leukaemia/lymphoma, enteropathy type T-cell lymphoma, hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma and cutaneous T-cell lymphoma), T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell Non-Hodgkins lymphoma (including Burkitt lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, Follicular lymphoma, Mantle cell lymphoma, Marginal Zone lymphoma), Hairy Cell Leukemia, Hodgkin lymphoma, Lymphoblastic lymphoma, Lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma, Multiple myeloma, Myelodysplastic syndrome, Plasma cell myeloma, Primary mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma, chronic myeloproliferative disorders (such as chronic myeloid leukemia, primary myelofibrosis, essential thrombocytemia, polycytemia vera) and chronic lymphocytic leukemia.

Clause 209. The compound, method or use according to clause 207 wherein the haematological cancer is Peripheral T-cell Lymphoma.

Clause 210. The compound according to clause 204, the method according to clause 205 or the use according to clause 206 wherein the cancer is a non-haematological cancer such as bladder cancer, breast cancer, melanoma, neuroblastoma, malignant pleural mesothelioma, and sarcoma, such as breast cancer and melanoma.

Clause 211. The compound according to clause 197, for use in enhancing recovery from vascular injury or surgery and reducing morbidity and mortality associated with neointima and restenosis in a subject.

Clause 212. A method for enhancing recovery from vascular injury or surgery and reducing morbidity and mortality associated with neointima and restenosis in a subject, by administering to a subject in need thereof a compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 191.

Clause 213. Use of a compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 191, in the manufacture of a medicament for enhancing recovery from vascular injury or surgery and reducing morbidity and mortality associated with neointima and restenosis in a subject.

Clause 214. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 191.

Clause 215. The compound, method or use according to any one of clauses 197 to 214, for administration to a human subject.

Clause 216. The compound, method, use or composition according to any one of clauses 197 to 215, for administration in conjunction with a further pharmaceutically acceptable active ingredient or ingredients.

Clause 217. The compound, method, use or composition according to any one of clauses 197 to 216, for topical administration to the skin, eye or gut.

Clause 218. A compound of formula (XX-a):

wherein R₁, B, R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, Ar₁ and Ar₂ are as defined in any preceding clause and P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 219. A compound of formula (XX-b):

wherein R₁, B, R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, Ar₁ and Ar₂ are as defined in any preceding clause and P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 220. A compound of formula (XX-c):

wherein R₁, B, R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, Ar₁ and Ar₂ are as defined in any preceding clause and P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 221. A compound of formula (XX-d):

wherein R₁, B, R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, Ar₁ and Ar₂ are as defined in any preceding clause and P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 222. A compound of formula (IV′):

wherein R₁, R_(3′), R₄ and R₅ are as defined in any preceding clause and R is H, C₁₋₆alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl) or benzyl, or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof.

Clause 223. The compound, method, composition or use according to any one of clauses 192 to 221 wherein B is

Clause 224. The compound, method, composition or use according to any one of clauses 192 to 221 wherein B is

Clause 225. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 196 and 218 to 224, which is in natural isotopic form.

REFERENCES

-   Evans, D. R. & Guy, H. I. Mammalian pyrimidine biosynthesis: fresh     insights into an ancient pathway. J. Biol. Chem. 279, 33035-33038     (2004). -   Fairbanks, L. D. et al. Importance of ribonucleotide availability to     proliferating T-lymphocytes from healthy humans. Disproportionate     expansion of pyrimidine pools and contrasting effects of de novo     synthesis inhibitors. J. Biol. Chem. 270, 29682-29689 (1995). -   Higgins, M. J. et al. Regulation of human cytidine triphosphate     synthetase 1 by glycogen synthase kinase 3. J. Biol. Chem. 282,     29493-29503 (2007). -   Kursula, P. et al. Structure of the synthetase domain of human CTP     synthetase, a target for anticancer therapy. Acta Crystallogr Sect F     Struct Biol Cryst Commun. 62 (Pt7): 613-617 (2006). -   Lieberman I. Enzymatic amination of uridine triphosphate to cytidine     triphosphate. The J. Biol. Chem. 222 (2): 765-75 (1956). -   Martin E. et al. CTP synthase 1 deficiency in humans reveals its     central role in lymphocytes proliferation. Nature. June 12;     510(7504):288-92 (2014). Erratum in: Nature. July 17; 511(7509):370     (2014). -   McCluskey G D et al., Exploring the Potent Inhibition of CTP     Synthase by Gemcitabine-5′-Triphosphate. Chembiochem. 17, 2240-2249     (2016). -   Ostrander, D. B. et al. Effect of CTP synthetase regulation by CTP     on phospholipid synthesis in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. J. Biol.     Chem. 273, 18992-19001 (1998). -   Sakamoto K. et al. Identification of cytidine-5-triphosphate     synthase1-selective inhibitory peptide from random peptide library     displayed on T7 phage. Peptides. 2017; 94:56-63 (2017). -   Salu et al. Drug-eluting stents: a new treatment in the prevention     of restenosis Part I: experimental studies. Acta Cardiol, 59, 51-61     (2004). -   Sousa J. E. et al. Drug-Eluting Stents. Circulation, 107 (2003) 2274     (Part I), 2283 (Part II). -   Tang R. et al. CTP synthase 1, a smooth muscle-sensitive therapeutic     target for effective vascular repair. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol.     33(10), 1-19, (2013). -   van den Berg, A. A. et al. Cytidine triphosphate (CTP) synthetase     activity during cell cycle progression in normal and malignant     T-lymphocytic cells. Eur. J. Cancer 31, 108-112 (1995). -   van Kuilenburg, A. B. P. et al. Identification of a cDNA encoding an     isoform of human CTP synthetase. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta     1492548-552 (2000). 

1.-15. (canceled)
 16. A compound of formula (I):

wherein A is A_(a) or A_(b); wherein A_(a) is an amine linker having the following structure: —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—; A_(b) is an amide linker having the following structure: —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—; B is

X is N or CH; Y is N or CR₂; Z is N or CR₃; with the proviso that when at least one of X or Z is N, Y cannot be N; R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN; R₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl or OC₁₋₂haloalkyl; R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OCH₃, CF₃ or OCF₃; wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H; R_(3′) is H, halo, CH₃, OC₁₋₂alkyl or CF₃; and when A is —NHC(═O)—, additionally R_(3′) together with R₅ forms a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or 5 or 6 membered oxygen-containing heterocycloalkyl; R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), or R_(4b) and R_(5b); wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is: substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂; or one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is a spiro centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by —S(O)₂R₂₉; or R_(4b) and R_(5b) are each independently H, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl; and when A is —NHC(═O)— or —NHCH₂—: R_(4b) and R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo, OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂; Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl; Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl and is attached to Ar1 in the para position relative to group A; R₁₀ is H, halo, C₁₋₃alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂haloalkyl or CN; R₁₁ is H, F, Cl, C₁₋₂alkyl, CF₃, OCH₃ or CN; R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl, hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂, NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄; and when A is —NHC(═O)—, —NH— or —NHCH₂—: R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide (N⁺—O⁻); R₁₃ is H or halo; R₂₁ is H, C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl; R₂₂ is H or CH₃; R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; and R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃, or CF₃; R₃₂ is C₁₋₃alkyl and R₃₃ is C₁₋₃alkyl; or R₃₂ and R₃₃ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₅heterocycloalkyl; or a salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.
 17. The compound according to claim 16 wherein A is —C(═O)NH—.
 18. The compound according to claim 16 wherein A is —NHC(═O)—.
 19. The compound according to claim 16 wherein X is N, Y is CR₂ and Z is CR₃, R₂ is H and R₃ is H.
 20. The compound according to claim 16 wherein R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl substituted by CN.
 21. The compound according to claim 20 wherein R₁ is C₁₋₃alkyl substituted by CN.
 22. The compound according to claim 21 wherein R₁ is:


23. The compound according to claim 16 wherein R₁ is C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which is substituted by a CN.
 24. The compound according to claim 23 wherein R₁ is C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which cycloalkyl is substituted by a CN.
 25. The compound according to claim 23 wherein the CN is at the point of attachment of the C₃₋₅cycloalkyl to the C₀₋₂alkylene.
 26. The compound according to claim 23 wherein R₁ is cyclopropyl substituted by a CN at the point of attachment.
 27. The compound according to claim 16 wherein R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, such as heterocyclohexyl, such as tetrahydropyranal.
 28. The compound according to claim 16 wherein Ar1 is 2-pyridyl.
 29. The compound according to claim 16 wherein Ar2 is 2,5-pyrazinyl.
 30. The compound according to claim 16 wherein R₁₀ is H, R₁₁ is H, R₁₂ is OC₁₋₄alkyl such as methoxy, ethoxy or isopropoxy, and R₁₃ is H.
 31. The compound according to claim 16 which is a compound of formula (I):

wherein A is A_(a) or A_(b); wherein A_(a) is an amine linker having the following structure: —NH—, —CH₂NH— or —NHCH₂—; A_(b) is an amide linker having the following structure: —C(═O)NH— or —NHC(═O)—; X is N or CH; Y is N or CR₂; Z is N or CR₃; with the proviso that when at least one of X or Z is N, Y cannot be N; R₁ is C₁₋₅alkyl or C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, which alkyl or (alkylene)cycloalkyl is substituted by CN; R₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl or OC₁₋₂haloalkyl; R₃ is H, halo, CH₃, OCH₃, CF₃ or OCF₃; wherein at least one of R₂ and R₃ is H; R₄ and R₅ are R_(4a) and R_(5a), or R_(4b) and R_(5b); wherein R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl which is: substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl, oxo, OH, C₁₋₃alkylOH, C₁₋₃haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, halo, OC₁₋₃haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₃alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂; or one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl is a spiro centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the C₃₋₆cycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl wherein one of the carbons of the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl is a spiro centre such that a spirocyclic ring system is formed by the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring and a further C₃₋₆cycloalkyl ring or a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein the C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl formed by R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may be substituted by one or two substituents, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₃alkyl or OC₁₋₃alkyl; or R_(4a) and R_(5a) together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen atom, wherein said nitrogen atom is substituted by —S(O)₂R₂₉; or R_(4b) and R_(5b) are each independently H, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkylOH, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, C₁₋₃alkyleneOC₁₋₃alkyl, or R₄ and R₅ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl; and when A is —NHC(═O)— or —NHCH₂—: R_(4b) and R_(5b) may additionally be selected from halo, OC₁₋₆haloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆cycloalkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl, OC₁₋₆alkyl and NR₂₁R₂₂; Ar1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl; Ar2 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl and is attached to Ar1 in the para position relative to group A; R₁₀ is H, halo, C₁₋₃alkyl, C₁₋₂haloalkyl, OC₁₋₂alkyl, OC₁₋₂haloalkyl or CN; R₁₁ is H, F, Cl, C₁₋₂alkyl, CF₃, OCH₃ or CN; R₁₂ is attached to Ar2 in the ortho or meta position relative to Ar1 and R₁₂ is H, halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, OC₁₋₄alkyl, OC₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, OC₁₋₄haloalkyl, hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkylOH, SO₂C₁₋₂alkyl, C(O)N(C₁₋₂alkyl)₂, NHC(O)C₁₋₃alkyl or NR₂₃R₂₄; and when A is —NHC(═O)—, —NH— or —NHCH₂—: R₁₂ may additionally be selected from CN, OCH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂ and a C₃₋₆heterocycloalkyl comprising one nitrogen located at the point of attachment to Ar2, or R₁₂ together with a nitrogen atom to which it is attached forms an N-oxide (N⁺—O⁻); R₁₃ is H or halo; R₂₁ is H, C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)C₁₋₅alkyl, C(O)OC₁₋₅alkyl; R₂₂ is H or CH₃; R₂₃ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; and R₂₄ is H or C₁₋₂alkyl; R₂₉ is C₁₋₃alkyl, C₀₋₂alkyleneC₃₋₅cycloalkyl which cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by CH₃, or CF₃; R₃₂ is C₁₋₃alkyl and R₃₃ is C₁₋₃alkyl; or R₃₂ and R₃₃ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a C₃₋₅heterocycloalkyl; or a salt and/or solvate thereof and/or derivative thereof.
 32. The compound according to claim 16 wherein B is

and R_(3′) is H.
 33. The compound according to claim 15 of example P285 or P287.
 34. A method for treating cancer in a subject, by administering to a subject in need thereof a compound according to claim
 16. 35. A compound selected from the group consisting of: a compound of formula (II):

a compound of formula (XXXXII):

a compound of formula (XX):

a compound of formula (XXIV):

a compound of formula (XX-a):

a compound of formula (XX-b):

a compound of formula (XX-c):

a compound of formula (XX-d):

a compound of formula (LVIII):

wherein in any one of the above compounds, B, Ar1, Ar2, R₁, R₄, R₅, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂ and R₁₃ are as defined in any preceding claim, R is H, C₁₋₆alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl) or benzyl and P is a nitrogen protecting group such as para-methoxybenzyl; or salts such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof. 